Buick | REGAL 1996 | Owner`s manual | Buick REGAL 1996 Owner`s manual

-
R
E
G
A
L
L
I
I
I
The 1996 Buick Regal Owner’s Manual
7
.............................................................
This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly. It also explains “SRS” system.
Features and Controls ..................................................................
This section explains how to start and operate your Buick.
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems .....................................................
Seats and Restraint Systems
1-1
2-1
3-1
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your
audio system.
..............................................................
..................................................................
YourDrivingandtheRoad
4-1
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions.
ProblemsontheRoad
5-1
This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or
overheated engine, etc.
...........................................................
Here the manual tells you how to keep your Buick running properly and looking good.
Maintenanceschedule ..................................................................
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
CustomerAssistanceInformation ........................................................
Service and Appearance Care.
6-1
7-1
8-1
This section tells you how to contact Buick for assistance and how to get service publications. It also
gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on page 8-7.
Index
................................................................................
9-1
Here’s an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual. You can use it to quickly find something
you want to read.
i
G E m R A L MOTORS, GM and the GM Emblem,
are
BUICK, the BUICK Emblem and the name REGAL
registered trademarksof General Motors Corporation.
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
National Institute for
AUTOMOTIVE
This manual includes the latest information at the it
time
SERVICE
was printed. We reserve the right to make changes in the
EXCELLENCE
product afterthat time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name
“General Motorsof Canada Limited” for Buick Motor
For Canadian
Division wheneverit appears inthis manual.
Please keep this manual in
your Buick, so it will be there
if you ever need it when you’re on the road.
If you sell
the vehicle, please leave this manual inso itthe new
owner canuse it.
OwnersWho Prefer a
French Language Manual:
Aux propriktaires canadiens:Vous pouvez vous
procurer un exemplaire de
ce guide en franqais chez
votre concessionaireou au:
DGN Marketing Services Ltd.
1500 Bonhill Rd.
Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1C7
Litho in.U.S.A.
Part No. 25632198 B First Edition
Walter Marr and Thomas Buick
Buick’s chief engineer, Walter L. Marr (left), and
Thomas D. Buick, son of founder David Dunbar Buick,
drove the first Flint Buick in a successful Flint-Detroit
round trip in July 1904.
David Buick was building gasoline engines by 1899,
and Man, his engineer, apparently built the first auto to
be called a Buick in 1900. However, Buick traditionally
dates its beginnings to 1903. That was the year the
company was reorganized, refinanced and moved from
Detroit to Flint. Buick has always been a product
innovator. Buick engineers developed the
William C. (Billy) Durant
Durant also created a racing team that won 500 racing
trophies in 1909 and 19 10, including successes at
Indianapolis two years beforethe Tndy 500 began.
The success of Buick engines was visible not only on
the race track, but in endurance tests across the country
and around the world. Buick was the only car to
complete a 1,000-mile Chicago-to-New York race in
1906. And a Buick was the first car totravel across
South America, driven from Buenos Aires, Argentina,
over the Andes to Santiago, Chilein 1914.
I
,.:. .
Buick drew plenty of attention because it could climb
hills and run through mud like no other car. Buick’s
endurance and reliability were world famous.
During World War I, Buick built Liberty aircraft engines
as well as Red Cross ambulances so successfully that
one Buick ambulance was awarded the Croix de Guerre
by the French government.
As a builder of premier automobiles, Buick was hard hit
by the Great Depression. However, new General
Manager Harlow H. Curtice createdpopular new models
including the Special and the Roadmaster. Buick sales
soon flourished.
1911 Model 21 Touring Car on BuickS Test Hill
V
A high-compression V-8 engine was introduced in 1953.
And Buick’s famous vertical pillar “toothy” grille,
(introduced in 1942), became more massive in the
post-war era.
In World War 11, Buick built aircraft engines, tanks and
other military hardware. Thispost-war period brought
great styling and engineering changes which resulted in
increased sales. Thetorque converter automatic
transmission, Dynaflow, was introduced in the 1948
Roadmaster. Buick’s Fdmous “portholes” came along
in 1949.
~
1949 Roadmaster
1.953 Skylark
Motor Trend magazine named the 1962 Buick Special
“Car of the Year.” The first production V-6 engine was
used in the Special.
I962 Buick Special
Ed Mertz, General Manager; Buick Motor Division
Built inside the walls of the old buildings in Buick’s
former Flint complex, which formed the cornerstone of
General Motors, Buick City is a state-of-the-art
assembly facility with more than 200 robots and other
high-tech equipment. It was completed in the fall
of 1985.
Our mission is simple:
Buicks are, and will continue to be, premium American
motorcars with smooth power, high performance, rich
detail and comfortable accommodation.
“Buick will provide Premium American Motorcars
backed with services that exceed our customers’
expectations, throughout the purchase, ownership,
service and repurchase experience.”
Buicks are SUBSTANTIAL.
Buicks are DISTINCTIVE.
Buicks are POWERFUL.
Buicks are MATURE.
How to Use This Manual
Many people read their owner’s manual from beginning
to end when they first receive their new vehicle. If you
do this, it will help you learn about the features and
controls for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find that
pictures and words work together to explain things
quickly.
Index
A good place to look for what you need is the Index in
the back of the manual. It’s an alphabetical list of all
that’s in the manual, and the page number where you’ll
find it.
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You will find a number of safety cautions in this book.
We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell you about
things that could hurt you if youwere to ignore the
warning.
These mean thereis something that could hurt
you or other people.
In the caution area, we tell you what the hazard is. Then
we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the
hazard. Please read these cautions. If you don’t, you or
others could be hurt.
I
You will also find a circle
with a slash through it in
this book. This safety
symbol means “Don’t,”
“Don’t do this,” or “Don’t
let this happen.”
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find these notices:
.
NOTICE:
~
These mean thereis something that could
damage your vehicle.
not be covered by your warranty, and it could be costly.
But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoid the
damage.
When you read other manuals, you might see CAUTION
and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different
words.
You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They use
the same words CAUTION or NOTICE.
In the notice area, we tell you about something that can
damage your vehicle. Many times, this damage would
ix
Ve hide
bols
These are someof the symbols you may find on your vehicle.
For example,
these symbols
are used on an
original battery:
CAUTION
POSSIBLE
INJURY
A
These symbols
are important
for you and
your passengers
whenever your
vehicle is
driven:
DOOR LOCK
UNLOCK
PROTECT
EYES BY
SHIELDING
These symbols
have to do with
your lights:
These symbols
are on some of
your controls:
These symbols
are used on
warning and
indicator lights:
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
TURN
SIGNALS
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMP
e
CAUSTIC
BAllERY
CHARGING
SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER
FASTEN
SEAT
BELTS
BRAKE
BURNS
COOLANT
AVOID
SPARKS OR
FLAMES
SPARK OR
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BATTERY
POWER
WINDOW
,\I/,
..
0
#0
DAYTIME
RUNNING *
LAMPS . *
FOG LAMPS
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE
VENTILATING
FAN
dJ
1
ANTI-LOCK
BRAKES
Here are some
other symbols
you may see:
F-I-1
FUSE
LIGHTER
(a)
a
HORN
SPEAKER
t
n
hs
b
e, p3
FUEL
(@)
NOTES
NOTES
xii
Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems
Here you’ll find information about the seats in your
Buick and howto use your safety beltsproperly. You .
can also learn about some things
you should not do with
air bags and safety belts.
2-Way Manual Seat
Seats andSest Controls
This section tells you how
to adjust the seats and
explains the reclining seatbacks
and head restraints.
Manual Front Seat
You can lose controlof the vehicleif you tryto
adjust a manual driver’sseat while the vehicleis
moving. The sudden movement could startle and
confuse you,or make you pusha pedal when you
don’t want to. Adjust the driver’s seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
Lift the bar under the front
of the seatto unlock it. Slide
the seat to where you want itand release thebar. Try to
move the seat with yourbody to be sure the seat is
locked in place.
1-1
Driver’s 4-Way Manual Seat (Option)
Reclining Front Seatbacks (2-Door Models)
The driver’s seat may have two levers under the front
edge of the seat. Lift the lever near the outer side of the
seat to unlock it and slide it forward and back. Lift the
lever near the center to tilt the seat up or down.
Power Seat (Option)
FRONT (A): Raise the frontof the seat by holding the
switch up. Hold the switch down to lower the front of
the seat.
CENTER (B): Move the seat forward orbackward by
holding the control to the front or back. Raise or lower
the seat by holding the control up or down.
REAR (C): Raise the rearof the seat by holding the switch
up. Hold the switch downto lower the rear of the seat.
1-2
Lift the lever to release the seatback, then movethe
seatback to where you want it. Release the lever to lock
the seatback in place.Pull up on the lever without pushing
on the seatback and the seatback willmove forward.
1
But don’t have a seatback reclined
if your vehicle is moving.
Sitting in a reclined position whenyour vehicle is
in motion can be dangerous. Even if you buckle
up, your safety belts can’t do their jobwhen
you’re reclined like this.
The shoulderbelt can’t do its job. In a crash you
could go into it, receiving neck or otherinjuries.
The lap belt can’t do its job either. In a crash the
belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would bethere, not at your pelvic bones.
This could cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in
motion, havethe seatback upright. Then sitwell
back in the seatand wear your safety belt properly.
1-3
Reclining Front Seatbacks (4-Door
Lift the lever to release the seatback, then move the
seatback to where you want it. Release the lever to lock
the seatback in place. Pull up on the lever without pushing
on the seatback and the seatback will move forward.
But don't have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving.
I
Sitting ina reclined position when your vehicle
is
in motion can be dangerous. Even if you buckle
CAUTION: (Continued)
1-4
Seatback Latches (2-Door Models)
I
up, your safety belts can’t do theirjob when
you’re reclined like this.
The shoulderbelt can’t do itsjob because it
won’t be against your body. Instead, itwill be in
front of you. In a crash you could go into it,
receiving neckor other injuries.
The lapbelt can’t do its job either. In a crash the
belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones.
This could cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in
motion, have the seatback upright. Then sitwell
back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly.
Head Restraints
The front seat folds forward to
let people get into the back
seat. Your seatback will move
back and forth freely, unless
you come to a sudden stop.
Then it will lock in place.
If your vehicle is parked facing down a fairly steep hill,
the seatback may not fold without some help from you.
To fold the locked seatback forward,push the seatback
toward the rear and lift this latch. Then the seatback will
fold forward. The latch must be down for the seat to
work properly.
Slide the head restraint up or down so that the top of the
restraint is closest to the top of your ears. This position
reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash.
1-5
Your vehicle has a light that
comes on as a reminder to
buckle up. (See “Safety
Belt Reminder Light” in
the Index.)
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone
This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts
properly. It also tells you some things you should not do
with safety belts.
And it explains the Supplemental Restraint System(SRS),
or air bag system.
L
In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says to
wear safety belts. Here’s why: They work.
Don’t let anyone ride where he or she can’t wear
a safety belt properly. If you are in a crash and
you’re not wearing a safety belt, your injuries
can be much worse. You can hit things inside the
vehicle or be ejected from it. You can be seriously
injured or killed. In the same crash, you might
not be if you are buckled up. Always fasten your
safety belt, and check that your passengers’ belts
are fastened properly too.
You never know if you’ll be in a crash. If you do have a
crash, you don’t know if it will be a bad one.
I
1-6
J
A few crashes are mild, and some crashes can beso
serious that even buckledup a person wouldn’t survive.
But most crashes are in between. In many of them, people
who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away.
Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed.
After more than 25 years of safety belts in vehicles, the
facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!
Why Safety BeltsWork
When you ride inor on anything,you go as fast as it goes,
Take the simplest vehicle.Suppose it's just a seat on wheels.
1-7
Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider
doesn’t stop.
The person keeps going until stopped by something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield ...
or the instrument panel ...
or the safety belts!
With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicledoes.
You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance,
and your strongest bones takethe forces. That’swhy
safety belts make such good sense.
Here Are QuestionsMany People Ask
About Safety Belts-- and the Answers
Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an
accident if I’m wearinga safety belt?
A:
You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety
belt or not. But you can unbuckle a safety belt,
even if you’re upside down.And your chance of
being conscious duringand after an accident, so
you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if
you are belted.
If my vehiclehas air bags,why should I have to
wear safety belts?
A:
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in
most of them in the future. But they are
supplemental systems only; so they work with
safety belts -- not instead of them. Every air bag
system ever offered for sale has required the use of
safety belts. Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air
bags, you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions,
but especially in side and other collisions.
1-10
&.’ If I’m a good driver, andI never drive far from
home, why should I wear safety belts?
A:
You may be an excellent driver, but if you’re in an
accident -- even one that isn’t your fault -- you and
your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver
doesn’t protect you from things beyond your
control, such as bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km)of
home. And the greatest number of serious injuries
and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph
(65 km/h).
Safety belts are for everyone.
bw to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Adull
This part is only for people of adult size.
Be aware that there are special things to know about safety
belts and children. And there are different rulesfor smaller
children and babies.If a child will be riding in your Buick,
see the part of this manual called “Children.” Follow those
rules for everyone’s protection.
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your
vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position
This part describes the driver’s restraint system.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver has a lap-shoulderbelt. Here’s how to wear
it properly.
1. Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats’’ in the Index)
so you can sit up straight.
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across
you very quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
1-11
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If
the belt isn’t long enou,gh, see “Safety Belt
Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs. Ina crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less likely
to slide under the lap belt.If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go
over the shoulder and across the chest. These partsof the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
5 . To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder belt.
1-12
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or crash, or
if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
Shoulder :It He
at Adjuster (4-DOOr : Idels)
Before you begin to drive, move the shoulder belt
adjuster to the height that is right for you.
To move it down, squeeze the release lever and move
the height adjuster to the desired position. You can move
the adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder belt
guide. After you move the adjuster to where you want it,
try to move it down without squeezing the release lever
to make sure it has locked into position.
Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the
belt is centered on your shoulder. The belt should be
away from your faceand neck, but not falling off
your shoulder.
1-13
@
What’s wrong with this?
You can be seriously hurtif your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash, you wouldmove forward
The
too much, which could increase injury.
shoulder belt shouldfit against your body.
A:
The shoulder belt is too loose. It won’t give nearly
as much protection this way.
1-14
What’s wrong with this?
You can be seriouslyinjured if your belt is
buckled in the wrong place like this. In a crash,
the belt would go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would bethere, notat the pelvic
bones. This could cause serious internal injuries.
Always buckle your belt into the buckle
nearest you.
A:
The belt is buckled in the wrong place.
11-15
&:
What's wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your arm. Ina crash, your
body would movetoo far forward, which would
increase the chance of head and neck injury.
Also, the belt would apply too much force to the
ribs, which aren't as strongas shoulder bones.
You could also severely injure internaI organs
like your liver or spleen.
A:
The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should
be worn over the shoulder at all times.
1-16
&.’ What’s wrong with this?
You can be seriously injuredby a twisted belt.In
of the
a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width
If a beltis twisted,
belt to spread impact forces.
make it straightso it canwork properly, or ask
your dealer to fix it.
A : The belt is twisted across the body.
1-17
Your Buick has two air bags -- one air bag for the driver
and another air bag for the right front passenger.
Here are the most important things to know about the air
bag system:
You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if
you aren’t wearing your safety belt even if you
have an airbag. Wearing your safety beltduring a
crash helps reduceyour chance of hitting things
inside the vehicle or being ejectedfrom it. The air
bag is only a “supplemental restraint.’’That is, it
works with safety beltsbut doesn’t replace them.
Air bagsare designed to work only in moderate to
severe crashes where the frontof your vehicle hits
something. Theyaren’t designed to inflate at all in
rollover, rear, sideor low-speed frontal crashes.
Everyone in your vehicle, including the driver,
should wear a safety beltproperly whether or
not there’s an air bag for thatperson.
--
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
The belt should go back out of the way.
Before you close the door, be surethe belt is out of the
way. If you slam the door on it, you can damage both the
belt and your vehicle.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
This part explains the Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) or airbag system.
--
There is an air bagreadiness
light on the instrument
panel, which shows
AIR BAG.
A CAUTION:
Air bags inflate with great force, faster than the
blink of an eye. If you’re too close to an inflating
air bag, it could seriously injure you. Safety belts
help keep you in position for an airbag inflation
in a crash. Always wear your safety belt, even
with an airbag. The drivershould sit asfar back
as possible whilestill maintaining control of
the vehicle.
AIR BAG 0.
The system checks the air bag’s electrical system for
malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light” in the Index
for more information.
An inflating air bag can seriously injure small
children. Always secure children properly in your
vehicle. To read how, see the part of this manual
called “Children” and the caution label on the
right front passenger’s safety belt.
1-19
How the Ail
D
a
Svstem Works
The right front passenger’s air bag is in the instrument
panel on the passenger’s sidc.
Where is the air bag?
The driver’s air bag is in the middle of the steering wheel.
1-20
Don’t put anything on,or attach anything to, the
steering wheel or instrument panel. Also, don’t
put anything (such as pets
or objects) between
any occupant and the steering wheelor
instrument panel.If something is between an
occupant andan air bag, it could affect the
performance of the air bag or worse, it could
cause injury.
--
When should an air bag inflate?
The air bag is designed to inflate in moderate to severe
frontal or near-frontal crashes. The airbag will inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed
“threshold level.” If your vehicle goes straight into a
wall that doesn’t move or deform, the threshold level is
about 9 to 15 mph (14 to 24 km/h). The threshold level
can vary, however, with specific vehicle design,so that
it can be somewhat above or below this range. If your
vehicle strikes somethingthat will move or deform, such
as a parked car, the threshold level will be higher. The
air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers, side
impacts or rear impacts, becauseinflation would not
help the occupant.
In any particular crash, no one can say whether an air
bag should have inflated simply because of the damage
to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were.
Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and
the vehicle’s deceleration. Vehicle damage is only one
indication of this.
What makes an air bag inflate?
In a frontal or near-frontal impact of sufficient severity,
the air bag sensing system detectsthat the vehicle is
suddenly stopping as aresult of a crash. The sensing
system triggers a chemical reactionof the sodium azide
sealed in the inflator. The reaction produces nitrogen
gas, which inflates the airbag. The inflator, air bag and
related hardware are allpart of the air bagmodules
packed inside the steering wheel and in the instrument
panel in front of the right front passenger.
How does an air bag restrain?
In moderate to severe frontalor near-frontal collisions,
even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel orthe
instrument panel. The air bag supplements the protection
provided by safety belts. Air bags distribute the force of
the impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper body,
stopping the occupant more gradually. But air bags would
not help you in many types of collisions, including
rollovers, rear impacts and side impacts, primarily because
an occupant’s motion is not toward the air bag. Air bags
should never be regarded as anything more thana
supplement to safety belts, and then only in moderate
to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.
What will you see after an air bag inflates?
After the air bag inflates, it quickly deflates. This occurs
so quickly that some peoplemay not even realize the air
bag inflated. Some componentsof the air bag module in
the steering wheel hub for the driver’s air bag, orthe
instrument panel for the right front passenger’s bag, will
be hot for a short time. The part of the bag that comes
into contact with you may be warm, but it will never be
too hot to touch. There will be some smoke and dust
coming from vents in the deflated air bags. Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing or from
being able to steer the vehicle, nor will it stop people
from leaving the vehicle.
When an air bag inflates, there is dust in the air.
This dust could cause breathing problems for
people with a history of asthma or other
breathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get outas soon asit is safe to do so.
If you have breathing problems but can’t get out
of the vehicle after anair bag inflates, then get
fresh air by opening a window or door.
In many crashes severe enough to inflate an air bag,
windshields are broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the
right front passenger’s air bag.
The air bags are designed to inflate only once. After
they inflate, you’ll need some new parts for your air
bag system. If you don’t get them, the air bag system
won’t be there to help protect you in another crash.
A new system will include air bag modules and
possibly other parts. The service manual for your
vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.
0
Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and
diagnostic module, which records information about
the air bag system. The module records information
about the readinessof the system, when the sensors are
activated and driver’s safety belt usage at deployment.
Let only qualified technicians work on your air bag
system. Improper service can mean that your air bag
system won’t work properly.See your dealer for service
NOTICE:
If you damage the cover for the driver’sor the
right frontpassenger’s air bag, they may not
work properly. You may have to replace the air
bag module in the steeringwheel or both the air
bag module and the instrumentpanel for the
right front passenger’s air bag. Do not open or
break the air bag covers.
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Buick
Air bags affect how your Buick should be serviced.
There areparts of the air bag system in several places
around your vehicle. You don’t want the system to
inflate while someone is working on your vehicle.
Your Buick dealer and the Regal Service Manual have
information about servicing yourvehicle and the air bag
system. To purchase a service manual, see “Serviceand
Owner Publications”in the Index.
A
CAUTION
-
-
For up to 10 seconds after theignition key is
turned off and the batteryis disconnected, an air
bag can still inflate during improperservice. You
can be injured if you are close to an airbag when
it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape
or yellow connectors. They are probably part of
the air bag system. Be sure tofollow proper
service procedures, and make sure theperson
performing work for you is qualified to doso.
The air bag system does not need regular maintenance.
1-23
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,including pregnant
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be
seriously injured if they don’t wear safety belts.
The best way to protect the fetus is toprotect the
mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it’s more
likely that the fetus won’t be hurt in a crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone,the key to making
safety belts effective is wearing them properly.
Right Front Passenger Position
The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same
way as the driver’s safety belt. See “Driver Position,”
earlier in this section.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it will
lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and start again.
Center Passenger PCzition
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below
the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
1-24
r i your vehicle has a bench seat, someone can sitin the
center position.
r-
To make the belt shorter, pull its free endas shown until
the belt is snug.
When you sit in a center seating position, you have a lap
safety belt, which has no retractor. To make the belt
longer, tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt.
Buckle, position and release it the same way as the lap
part of a lap-shoulder belt. If the belt isn’t long enough,
see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the releasebutton on the buckle is positioned
so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever had to.
Rear Seat Passengers
It’s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up!
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear
seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
Lap4 bulder Belt (2-Door Models)
The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulder
belts. Here’s how to wear one properly.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others
in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
:ear Seat lutside
senger Bsitions
If you have a four-door model, see “Rear Seat
Outside Passenger Positions (4-Door Models)” later
in this section.
I
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
1-26
If the belt stops before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch
plate and keep pulling until you can buckle it.
3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
I f the belt is not long enough, see “Safety Belt
Extender” at the end of this section. Make surethe
release button on the buckle is positioned so you would
be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever
had to.
1-27
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash.
h
L
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt
is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.
The lappart of the belt‘should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less
likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the
belt would apply force at your abdomen. This could
cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt
should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best able to take belt
restraining forces.
a
Rear Seat Outsid
(4-Door Models)
ssenger Positions
If you have a two-door model, see “Rear Seat
Outside PassengerPositions (2-Door Models)” earlier
in this section.
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
1-29
hol
Dc
[odds
The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulder
belts. Here’s how to wear one properly.
The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across
you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more
slowly.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it
will lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and
start again.
If the belt is not long enough, see “Safety Belt
Extender” at the end of this section.
Make surethe release button on the buckle is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let itget twisted.
1-30
3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part.
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs.In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you'd be less likely
to slide under thelap belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.The shoulder belt shouldgo
over the shoulder and across the chest. These
pcarts of the
body are best able to t'ake belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there's a sudden stop ora crash,
or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
You can be seriously hurt
if your shoulder beltis
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt shouldfit against your body.
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
1-32
Rear Safety BeltComfort Guides
for Children and Small Adults
(4-DOOr Models)
Four-door models may have rear shoulder belt comfort
guides. This feature will provide added safety belt comfort
for children who have outgrown child restraints and for
small adults. When installedon a shoulder belt, the
comfort guide pullsthe belt away from the neck and head.
1. Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of
the seatback and the interior body to remove the
guide from its storage clip.
2. Slide the guide under and past the belt. The elastic
cord must be under the belt. Then, place the guide
over the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt into
the slots of the guide.
3. Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat.
The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide
on top.
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes
infants and all children smallerthan adult size. In fact,
the law in every state in the United States and in every
Canadian province says children up to some agemust be
restrained while in a vehicle.
laller Chilc en and Bat
4. Buckle, position and release the safety belt as
described in “Rear Seat Outside PassengerPositions
(4-Door Models)” earlierin this section. Make sure
that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder.
To remove and store the comfort guides,just perform
these steps in reverse order. Squeeze the belt edges
together so that you can take them out from the guides.
Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip, and
then slide the guide onto the clip. Rotatethe guide and
clip inward and in between the seatback and the interior
body, leaving only the loop of elastic cord exposed.
Smaller children and babies should always be
restrained in a child or infant restraint. The
instructions for the restraint
will say whether it is
the right type and size for your child. A very
young child’s hip bones are so small that a
regular belt might not stay low on the hips, as it
should. Instead, the belt will likely beover the
child’s abdomen. In a crash, thebelt would apply
force right on the child’s abdomen, which could
cause serious or fatalinjuries. So, be sure that
any child small enough for one is always properly
restrained in a child or infantrestraint.
‘
A
A
heavy you can’t hold it. For example, in a crash
at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-lb. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly become a 2404b. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The baby would be almost impossible
to hold.
Secure the baby in an infant restraint.
i
Never hold a baby in yourarms while riding ina
vehicle. A baby doesn’t weigh much until a
crash. During a crash a baby will become so
CAUTION: (Continued)
--
I
Child Restraints
Be sure the child restraint is designed to beused in a
vehicle. If it is, it will have a label saying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Then follow the instructions for therestraint. You may
find these instructions on the
restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in
your vehicle, but the child also has to be secured within
the restraint tohelp reduce the chance of personal injury.
The instructions that come with the infant or child
restraint will show you how to do that.
Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics showthat children are saferif they
are restrainedin the rear rather than the front seat. We at
General Motors therefore recommend that you put your
child restraint in the rear seat. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front passenger seat.Here’s why:
-
iAUTION:
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured if the right frontpassenger’s
air baginflates. This is because the back of a
rear-facing child restraint would be very close to
the inflatingair bag. Always secure a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear
seat.
You may, however,secure a forward-facing child
restraint in the right frontseat. Before you secure
a forward-facing child restraint, always move the
front passenger seat as far back as itwill go. Or,
secure the child restraint in the rear
seat.
1-37
Strap
A child in a child restraint in the center front seat
can be badly injured by the right frontpassenger
air bag if it inflates. Never secure a child restraint
in the center front seat. It’s always better to
secure a child restraint in the rear
seat. You may,
however, secure a forward-facing child restraint
in the right front
passenger seat, butonly with
the seatmoved all theway back.
Wherever you install it, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in
the vehicle. Be sureto properly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
1-38
If your child restraint has a top strap, it should be
anchored. If you need to have an anchor installed, you
can ask your Buick dealer to put it in for you. If you
want to install an anchor yourself, your dealer can tell
you how to do it.
For cars firstsold in Canada, child restraintswith a top
strap must be anchored according to Canadian law.
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restrainthas one.
Your dealer can obtainthe hardware kit and install it for
you, or you may install it yourself using the instructions
provided in the kit.
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
Use the tether hardwarekit available from thedealer.
The hardware and installation instructions were
specifically designed forthis vehicle.
Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear
Outside Seat Position (2-Door Models)
If you have a four-door model, see “Securing Child
a
Restraint in a Rear Outside SeatPosition (4-Door
Models)’’ later in this section.
2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the ifbelt
needed.
If the shoulderbelt goes in front of the child's faceor
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
1-40
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the releasebutton is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
Securing a Child Restraintin a Rear
Outside Seat Position(4-DoOr Models)
If you have a two-door model,
see “Securing a Child
Restraint in a Rear Outside Seat Position
(2-Door
Models)” earlier in this section.
You’ll be wing thelap-shoulder belt. See the earlierpart
about thetop strap if the child restraint has one.
5. To tighten the belt, pullup on the shoulder belt while
yodpush down on the child restraint.
6 . Push and pull thechild restraint in different
duections tobe sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the
vehicle’s
safety beltand let itgo back all theway. The safety belt
will move freely againand be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
2. Secure the child in thechild restraint as the
instructions say.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run thelap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint, The
child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes in front
of the child’s faceor
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
1-41
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release
button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
1-42
5. Pull the restof the shoulder belt allthe way out of
the retractor to set the lock.
Securing a Child Restraintin the Center
Rear Seat Position
You’ll be using the lap belt.
I
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the
retractor while you push down on the child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
A child in a child restraint in the center front seat
can be badly injured by the right frontpassenger
air bag if it inflates. Never secure a child restraint
in the centerfront seat. It’s always better to
secure a child restraint in the rear
seat. You may,
however, secure a forward-facing child restraint
in the rightfront passenger seat, butonly with
the seatmoved all the way back.
See the earlier part about the top strap if the child
restraint has one.
1. Make the belt as long as possible by tilting the latch
plate and pulling it along the belt.
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
4. Run the vehicle's safety belt through or around the
restraint. The child restraint instructions will show
vou how.
5 . Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
6. To tighten the belt, pull its free end while you push
down on the child restraint.
7. Push and pull the childrestraint in different
directions to be sure itis secure. If it isn’t, secure the
restraint in a different placein the vehicle and
contact the child restraintmaker for their advice
about how toattach the child restraint properly.
To remove the child restraint,just unbuckle thevehicle’s
safety belt. It will be ready to work for an adultor larger
child passenger.
Securing a Child Restraint in theRight
Front Seat Position
A child in a rear-facing child restraintcan be
seriously injured if the right front passenger’s air
bag inflates. This is because the back
of a
rear-facing child restraint would be very close to
the inflatingair bag. Always securea rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat.
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1. Because your vehicle has a right front passenger air
bag, always move the seat as far back as it will go
before securing a forward-facing child restraint. (See
“Seats” in the Index.)
U
Your vehicle has a right front passenger air bag.Never
put a rear-facing child restraint in thisseat. Here’s why:
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
4. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
1-45
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
A
6. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock.
5. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
Larger Children
7. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt backinto the
retractor whileyou push down on the child restraint.
8. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions tobe sure it is secure.
Children who have outgrown child restraints
should
wear the vehicle’s safety belts.
a
To remove the child restraint,
just unbuckle the vehicle’s If you have the choice,a child should sit next to
window so the child can weara lap-shoulder belt and
safety belt and letit go back all the way. The safety belt
a shoulder belt can provide.
will move freely againand.be ready to work for an ,adult get the additional restraint
or larger child passenger.
1-47
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat. But they need to use the
safety belts properly.
Children who aren’t buckled up can be thrown out in
a crash.
Children who aren’t buckled up can strike other
people who are.
I
Never do this.
Here two children are wearing the same belt. The
belt can’t properly spread theimpact forces. In a
crash, thetwo children can be crushed together
and seriously injured. A belt must be used by
only one person at a time.
e.’
What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,
but thechild is so small that the shoulder belt is
very close to thechild’s face or neck?
A:
Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide.If the
child is sitting in a rear outside position ofa
four-door model, see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” in the Index. If the child is so small that the
shoulder belt is still very close to the child’s face or
neck, you might want to place the child in the center
seat position, theone that has only a lap belt.
Never do this.
Here achild is sitting in a seat
that has a
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulderpart is behind
the child. If the child wears the belt in this way, in
a crash thechild might slide under the belt. The
belt’s force would then be applied righton the
child’s abdomen. That could causeserious or
fatal injuries.
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion
of the belt
should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching
the child’s thighs. This applies belt force to the child’s
pelvic bones ina crash.
1-49
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you
should use it.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your
dealer will order you an extender. It’s free. When you go
in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the
extender will be long enough for you. The extenderwill
be just for you, and just forthe seat in your vehicle that
you choose. Don’t let someone elseuse it, and use it
only for the seat it is made to fit. To wear it. iust attach it
to the regular safety belt.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light
and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and
anchorages are working properly. Look for any other
loose or damaged safety belt system parts. If you see
anything that might keep a safety belt system from
doing its job, have it repaired.
Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is
torn or frayed, get a new one right away.
Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repaired or replaced. (The airbag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
Replacing Restraint System Parts
After a Crash
If you’ve had a crash, doyou need new belts?
After a very minor collision, nothing may be h&Wsary.
But if the belts were stretched, as they would be if worn
during a more severe crash, then you need new belts.
If belts are cut or damaged, replace them. Collision
damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt
or seat parts repaired or replaced. New parts and repairs
may be necessary even if the belt wasn’t being used at
the time of the collision.
If an air bag inflates, you’ll need to replace airbag
system parts. See the part on the air bag system earlier in
this section.
NOTES
NOTES
1-52
Section 2 Features and Controls
Here you can learn about the many standard and
optional features on .your Buick, and information on
starting, shifting and braking. Also explained arethe
instrument panel and the warning systemsthat tell you if
everything is working properly -- and what to do if you
have a problem.
Keys
Leaving young childrenin a vehicle with the
ignition key is dangerous for many reasons.
A child
or others could be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate power windows
or other
controls or even make the vehiclemove. Don’t
leave the keys in a vehicle with young children.
The ignition keys are forthe
ignition only.
The ignition keys don’t have plugs. Your Buick dealer or
Roadside Assistance has the code foryour keys.
Each plug has a code on it that tells your dealer or a
qualified locksmith how to make extra doorkeys. Keep
the plugs in a safe place. If you lose your door keys,
you’ll be able to have new ones made easily using
these plugs.
The door keys are for the
doors and all other locks.
If you need a new ignition key, contact your Buick
dealer who can obtain the correct key code, or, in an
emergency, call Buick Roadside Assistance at
1-800-252-1 112.
NOTICE:
Your Buick hasa number of features that can
help prevent theft. But you can have
a lot of
trouble getting into your vehicle
if you ever
lock your keys inside.You may even have to
So be sure you
damage your vehicle to get in.
have extra keys.
When a new Buick is delivered, the dealer removes
the plugs from the door keys and gives them to the
first owner.
2-2
Door Locks
Unlocked doors canbe dangerous.
Passengers especially children can easily
open the doors and fall
out. When a door is
locked, the.inside handlewon’t open it.
Outsiders caneasily enter through anunlocked
door when you slow downor stop yourvehicle.
This may not be so obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown outof the vehicle in a
crash if the doors aren’t
locked. Wear safety belts
properly, lock your doors,and you will befar
better off whenever you drive yourvehicle.
--
--
There are several waysto lock and unlock your vehicle.
From the outside, use your door or
key
Remote Keyless
Entry transmitter(if your vehicle has this option).
On two-door models, the door lockwill light up for about
15 seconds if you pull the door handle.The light can help
you find where to put your key when it’s dark outside.
From the inside, push the lever down
to lock thedoor.
To unlock, push the lever-ap.
Power Door Locks
Press the power door lock switch
to lock or unlock
all doors.
On four-door models, the rear doors do not have power
door lock switches. The lever on each rear door works
only that door’s lock. It won’t lock or unlock
all the doors.
2-3
Remote Keyl. !c Entry (Option)
Just close yourdoors and turn on the ignition. All of the
doors will lock when you move your shift lever outof
PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). All doors will unlock
automatically when the ignition is turned off.
If someone needs to get out while the vehicle is running,
have that person usethe manual or power lock. When the
door is closed again, it will lock automatically as long as
the shift lever is out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) and
the ignition is on. Note that the door must be opened,
then closed, or the door will not automatically relock.
If you don’t .want the doors to unlock automatically
when you turn the ignition off, you can remove the
LOCK CONTROL fuse inthe instrument panel fuse
block. See “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the Index.
-,wing Your Vehicle
If you are leaving the vehicle, take your keys, open your
door and set the locks from inside.Then get out and
close the door.
If your Buick has this option, you can lock and unlock your
doors or unlock your trunk from up to 30 feet (9 m) away
using the key chain transmitter supplied with your vehicle.
Your Remote Keyless Entry transmitter operates on a
radio frequency subject to Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) Rules.
This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Should interference to this system occur, try this:
a Check to determine if battery replacement is
necessary. See the instructions on battery replacement.
a Check the distance. You may be too far from your
vehicle. This product has a maximum range.
0
Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
a See your Buick dealer aor
qualified technician for service.
Changes or modifications to this system by other than an
authorized service facility could void authorization to
use this equipment.
2-4
Matching Transmitter(s) To Your Vehicle
Each key chain transmitter is coded to prevent another
transmitter from unlocking your vehicle. If a transmitter
is lost or stolen, a replacement
can be purchased through
your dealer. Remember to bring any remaining
transmitters with you when you go to your dealer. When
the dealer matchesthe replacement transmitter to your
vehicle, any remaining transmitters must also be
matched. Once thenew transmitter is coded, the lost
transmitter will not unlock your vehicle. Each vehicle
can have only two transmitters matched to it.
Battc
ieplacemel
Under normal use, the batteries in your key chain
transmitter should last about two years.
Press UNLOCK onceto unlock the driver’s door. Press
UNLOCK again within five seconds to unlock all the
doors. The interior lamps will come on (see “Illuminated
Entry” in the Index for more details).
You can tell the batteries are weakif the transmitter
won’t work at the normal range in any location. If you
have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter
works, it’s probably time to change the batteries.
To lock all doors, press DOOR. To unlock the trunk,
press the car symbol on the transmitter. The trunk will
only unlock if your transaxle is in PARK (P) and your
ignition is in LOCK, OFF or ACC.
A
C
I
To replace your batteries:
1. Insert a flat object like a dimeinto the slot on the
back of the transmitter. Gently pry apart the front
and back.
2. Gently pry the batteries out of the transmitter.
3. Put the new batteries into the transmitter as shown
on the transmitter. Use Duracell@batteries, type
DL20 16, or equivalent.
4. Put the two halves back together. Make sure the
halves are together tightly so water won’t get in.
5. Test the transmitter.
It can be dangerous to drivewith the trunk open
because carbon monoxide (CO) gas can come into
your vehicle. You can’t see or smell CO. It can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
If you must drive with the trunk open or if
electrical wiring or other cable connections
must pass through theseal between the body and
the trunk:
0 Make sure all windows are shut.
0 l b r n the fan onyour heating or cooling
system to its highest speed with the setting on
VENT. That will force outsideair into your
vehicle. See“Comfort Controls” in the Index.
If you have air outlets on or under the
instrument panel, open them all the way.
See “Engine Exhaust” in theIndex.
Theft
Trunk Lock
To unlock the trunk from
the outside, insertthe door
key and turn it. You can also
press the car symbol on
your Remote KeylessEntry
transmitter (if your vehicle
has this option).
Remote Trunk Release (Option)
Press the button behind the
glove box door tounlock
the trunk from the inside of
your vehicle. Your transaxle
shift lever must be in
PARK (P). Remember that
your trunk can be opened
at any time using this
lock release.
Vehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities.
Although your Buick hasa number of theft-deterrent
features, we know that nothing we put on it can make it
impossible to steal. However, there are ways you can help.
Key in the Ignition
If you leave your vehiclewith the keys inside, it’s an
easy target for joy riders orprofessional thieves -- so
don’t do it.
When you park your Buick and open the driver’s door,
you’ll hear a chime remindingyou to remove your key
from the ignition and take it with you. Always do this.
Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will your
ignition and transaxle. And remember to lock the doors.
Parking at Night
Park in a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your
vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out of sight.
Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.
2-7
Parking Lots
If you park in a lot where someone will be watching
your vehicle, it’s best to lock it up and take your keys.
But what if you have to leave your ignition key? What if
you have to leave something valuable in your vehicle?
0
Put your valuables in a storage area, like your trunk
or glovebox.
Lock the glove box.
Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
Then take the door key with you.
Your vehicle is equipped
with the PASS-Key I1
(Personalized Automotive
Security System)
theft-deterrent system.
PASS-Key I1 is a passive
theft-deterrent system. It
works when you insert or
remove the key from the
ignition.
2-8
PASS-Key I1 uses a resistor pellet in the ignition key
that matches a decoder in your vehicle.
When the PASS-Key I1 system senses that someone is
using the wrong key, it shuts down the vehicle’s starter
and fuel systems. For about three minutes, the starter
won’t work and fuel won’t go to the engine. If someone
tries to start your vehicle again or uses another key
during this time, the vehicle will not start. This
discourages someone fromrandomly trying different
keys with different resistor pellets in an attempt to make
a match.
The ignition key must be clean and dry before it’s
inserted in the ignition or the engine may not start. If the
engine does not start and the SECURITY light is on, the
key may be dirty or wet. Turn the ignition off.
Clean and dry the key. Wait about three minutes and try
again. The SECURITY light may remain on during this
time. If the starter still won’t work, and the key appears
to be clean and dry, wait about three minutes and try
another ignition key. At this time, you may also want to
check the fuse (see“Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the
Index). If the starter won’t work with the other key, your
vehicle needs service. If your vehicle does start, the first
ignition key may be faulty. See your Buick dealer or a
locksmith who can service the PASS-Key 11.
If you accidentally use a key that has a damaged or
missing resistor pellet, the starter won’t work, and the
SECURITY light will flash. But you don’t have towait
three minutes beforetrying another ignition key.
See your Buick dealer or a locksmith who can service
the PASS-Key I1 to have a new key made.
If you’re ever driving and the SECURITY light comes
on, you will be able to restart your engine if you turn it
off. Your PASS-Key I1 system, howevcr, is not working
properly and must be serviced by your Buick dealer. Your
vehicle is not protected by the PASS-Key I1 system.
If you lose or damage a PASS-Key I1 ignition key, see
your Buick dealer ora locksmith who can service
PASS-Key I1 to have a new key made.
New Vehicle CCBreak-InSS
NOTICE:
Your modern Buick doesn’t need an elaborate
“break-in.” But it will perform better in thelong
run if you followthese guidelines:
0 Don’t drive at any one speed
fast or
slow for the first500 miles (804 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
0 Avoid making hard stops for thefirst
200 miles (322 km) or so. During this time
your new brake linings aren’t yet broken
in. Hard stops with newlinings can mean
premature wear and earlierreplacement.
Follow this breaking-in guideline every
time you get newbrake linings.
0 Don’t tow a trailer during break-in.
See “Towinga Trailer’’ in theIndex for
more information.
--
--
your ignition, steering wheel and transaxle. It’s a
theft-deterrent feature.
OFF (C): This position lets you turn off the engine but
C
still turn the steering wheel. It doesn’t lock the steering
wheel like LOCK. Use OFF if you must haveyour
vehicle pushed or towed.
RUN (D): This position is where the key returns after
you start your vehicle. With the engineoff, you can use
RUN to display some of your warning and indicator lights.
A
E
START (E): This position starts yourengine.
A warning chime will sound if you open the driver’s
door when the ignition is in OFF, LOCK or ACC,and
the key is in the ignition.
..
-
With the ignition key in the ignition switch, you can turn
the switch to fivepositions.
ACC (A): This position lets you use the radio and
windshield wipers when the engine is off. To use
ACC (Accessory), push in the key and turn it toward
you. Your steering wheel will stay locked.
LOCK (B): Before you put the key into the ignition
switch, the switch is in LOCK. It’s also the only position
in which you can remove yourkey. This position locks
-
_-
-
NOTICE:
If your key seemsstuck in LOCK and you can’t
turn it, be sure it is all the way in. If it is, then
turn the steeringwheel left and rightwhile you
turn the key hard. But turn the key only with
your hand. Using a tool to force it could break
the key or the ignition switch. If none of this
works, then your vehicle needs service.
Starting Your Engine
Move your shiftlever to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
Your engine won’t start in any other position -- that’s a
safety feature.To restart when you’re already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.
I NOTICE:
Don’t try to shift toPARK (P) if your Buick is
moving. If you do, you could damage the
transaxle. Shift toPARK (P) only when your
vehicle is stopped.
Starting Your 3.1 Liter Engine
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your
ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let
go of the key. The idle speed will go down as your
engine gets warm.
NOTICE:
Holding your key in START for longer than
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to
be drained much sooner. And the excessive heat
can damage your starter motor.
2. If your engine won’t start (or starts but then stops), it
could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the
floor and holding it thereas you hold the key in
START for up to 15 seconds. This clearsthe extra
gasoline fromthe engine.
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to work with the
electronics in yourvehicle. If you add electrical
parts oraccessories, you could change the way
the engine operates. Before adding electrical
equipment, check with your dealer. If you don’t,
your engine might not performproperly.
(Continued)
2-11
NOTICE: (Continued)
If you ever have to have your vehicle towed, see
the part of this manualthat tells how to do it
without damaging your vehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
lr
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your
ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let
go of the key. The idle speed will go down as your
engine gets warm.
NOTICE:
Holding your key in START for longer than
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to
be drained much sooner. And the excessive heat
can damage your starter motor.
2. If it doesn’t start right away, hold your key in
START for about three to five seconds at a time until
2-12
your engine starts. Wait about 15 seconds between
each try to help avoid draining your battery.
3. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then stops),
it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the floor
and holding it there as you hold the key in START for
about three seconds. If the vehicle starts briefly but
then stops again, do the same thing, but this time keep
the pedal down for five or six seconds. This clears the
extra gasoline from the engine. After waiting about
15 seconds, repeat the normal starting procedure.
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to work with the
electronics in your vehicle. If youadd electrical
parts oraccessories, you could change the way
the engine operates. Before adding electrical
equipment, check withyour dealer. If you don’t,
your engine might not perform properly.
If you ever have to have your vehicle towed, see
the part of this manual that tells how to do it
without damaging your vehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
Engine CoolantHeater (Option)
In very cold weather,
0°F (-1 8°C) or colder,
the engine coolant
heater can help. You’ll
get easier startingand
better fuel economy
during engine warm-up.
Usually, the coolant heater should be plugged in a
minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle.
To Use the Coolant Heater
I . Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
Plugging the cord intoan ungrounded outlet
could cause an electrical shock. Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could overheat and cause
a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug the
cord intoa properly grounded three-prong
110-volt AC outlet. If the cord won’t reach, use a
heavy-duty three-prong extension cord rated for
at least 15 amps.
4. After you’ve used the coolant heater, be sure to store
the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving
engine parts. If you don’t, it could be damaged.
How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged
in? The answer dependson the outside temperature,the
kind of oil you have, and some other things. Instead of
trying to list everything here, we ask that you contact
your Buick dealer in the area where you’ll be parking
your vehicle. The dealer can giveyou the best advice for
that particular area.
Automatic Transaxle Operation
Your automatic transaxle may have a shift lever on the
steering column or on the console between the seats.
Maximum engine speedis limited on automatic
transaxle vehicles when you’re in PARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N) to protect driveline components from
improper operation.
There are several different positions for your shift lever.
PARK (P): This locks your front wheels. It’s the best
position to use when you start your engine because your
vehicle can’t move easily.
It is dangerous to get out
of your vehicle if the
shift leveris not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehiclecan roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle whenthe engine is
running unlessyou have to. If you have left the
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
You or otherscould be injured.To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shift lever toPARK (P).
See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.If
you’re pulling a trailer, see “Towing a Trailer” in
the Index.
Make sure the shift leveris fully into PARK (P)
range before starting the engine.Your Buick has a
brake-transaxle shift interlock.You must fully apply
your regular brakes beforeyou can shift fromPARK (P)
when the ignition is in RUN. If you cannot shift out of
PARK (P), ease pressure on the shift lever
by pushing it
all the way into PARK (P) while keeping the brakepedal
pushed down. Release the shift lever
button if you have
a console shift. Then move the shift lever out of
PARK (P), being sure topress the shift lever button if
you have a consoleshift. See “Shifting Out of
PARK (P)” in the Index.
REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up.
NOTICE:
NEUTRAL (N): In this position, your engine
doesn’t connect with the wheels. To restart when you’re
already moving, use NEUTRAL (N) only. Also, use
NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicle isbeing towed.
Shifting out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) while
your engine is “racing” (running at high speed)
is dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the
brake pedal, your vehicle could move very
rapidly. You could lose control and hitpeople or
objects. Don’t shift outof PARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N) while your engine is racing.
I
Shifting to REVERSE (R) while your vehicle is
moving forward could damage your transaxle.
Shift toREVERSE (R) only after your vehicle
is stopped.
To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow,
ice or sand without damaging your transaxle, see
“Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Iceor Snow” in the Index.
I NOTICE:
r
Damage to your transaxlecaused by shifting out
of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) with the engine
racing isn’t covered by your warranty.
(a):
AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE
This position is for
normal driving. It is the overdrive position. If you need
more power for passing, and you’re:
THIRD (3): This position is also used for normal
driving, but it offers more power and lower fuel
economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@).
-
Going less than 35 mph (56 kmh), push your
accelerator pedal about halfway down.
Here are some times you might choose THIRD(3)
instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@):
-
Going about 35 mph (56 k m h ) or more, push the
accelerator pedal all the way down.
-
When driving on hilly, winding roads.
-
When towing a trailer, so there is less shifting
between gears.
You’ll shift down to the next gear and have more power.
- When going down a steep hill.
NOTICE:
If your vehicle seemsto start up rather
slowly, or
if it seems not to shift gears as
you gofaster,
something may be wrong with a transaxle system
sensor. If you drive very far that way, your
vehicle can be damaged. So, if this happens, have
your vehicle serviced right away. Until then, you
can use SECOND(2)when you are driving less
than 35 mph (56 kmh) and AUTOMATIC
OVERDRIVE (0)
for higherspeeds.
-
When driving in non-highway scenarios (i.e. city
streets, etc.).
I
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but
lower fuel economy. You can use SECOND (2) on hills.
It can help control yourspeed as you go down steep
mountain roads, butthen you would also want to use
your brakes off and on.
NOTICE:
Don’t drive inSECOND (2) for more than
25 miles (41 km), or at speeds over 55 mph
(88 km/h), or you can damage your transaxle.
Use AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@)or
THIRD (3) as much as possible.
Don’t shift intoSECOND (2) unless you are
going slower than 65 mph (105 km/h), or you can
damage yourengine.
FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power
(but lower fuel economy) than SECOND (2). You can
use it on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If the
shift lever is put in FIRST ( 1 ), the transaxle won’t shift
into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough.
NOTICE:
If your front wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to
drive. This might happen if you were stuck in
very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid
object. You could damage your transaxle.
Also, if you stop when goinguphill, don’t hold
your vehicle there with onlythe accelerator
pedal. This could overheat and damage the
transaxle. Use your brakesor shift intoPARK (P)
to hold your vehicle in position on a hill.
2-17
Parking Brake
To set the parking brake,
hold the regular brake pedal
down with your right foot.
Push down the parking
brake pedal with your left
foot.
NOTICE:
Driving with the parking brakeon can cause
your rear brakesto overheat. You may have to
replace them, and you could also damage other
parts of your vehicle.
If you are towing a trailer and are parking on any hill,
see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index. That section shows
what to do first to keep the trailer from moving.
To release the parking brake, hold the regular brake
pedal down with your right foot and push the parking
brake pedal with your left foot. When you lift your left
foot, the parking brake pedal will follow itto the
released position.
2-18
Shifting Into PARK (P)
Column Shift
1 . Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and
set the parking brake with your left foot.
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if
the shiftlever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll.
If you have left the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure your vehicle won’t move, even
when you’re on fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. If you’re pulling a trailer,see
“Towing a Trailer’’ in the Index.
I-
2. Move the shift lever into the PARK (P) position
like this:
0
Pull the lever toward you.
lift
1 . Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and
set the parking brake with your left foot.
2. Move the shift lever into the PARK (P) position
like this:
0
Move the lever up as far as it will go.
3. Move the ignition key to LOCK.
4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your
hand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).
Hold in the button on the lever, and push the lever all the
way toward the front of your vehicle.
3. Move the ignition key to LOCK.
4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your
hand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine
Running
It can be dangerous toleave your vehicle with
the enginerunning. Your vehicle could move
suddenly if the shift lever
is not fully in PARK (P)
with the parking brake firmly set. And, if you
leave the vehicle with the engine running, it could
overheat and even catch fire.You or others could
be injured. Don’tleave your vehicle with the
engine runningunless you have to.
If you have to leave your vehicle withthe engine
running, be sure your vehicleis in PARK (P) and your
parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. After
you’ve moved the shift lever into the PARK (P)
position, hold the regular brake pedal down. Then, seeif
you can move the shift lever away from PARK (P)
without first pulling it toward you (or, if you have the
console shift lever, without first pushing the button). If
you can, it means that the shift lever wasn’t fully locked
into PARK (P).
Torque Lock
If you are parking on a hill and you don’t shift your
transaxle into PARK (P) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force onthe parking pawl in
the transaxle. You may find it difficult to pull the shift
lever out of PARK (P). This is called “torque lock.”To
prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift
into PARK (P) properly before you leave the driver’s
seat. To find out how, see “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in
the Index.
When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of
PARK (P) bqfore you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may need to have another
vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the
pressure from the transaxle, so you can pull .the shift
lever outof PARK (P).
Shifting Out of PARK (P)
Parking Over Things That Burn
Your Buick has a brake-transaxle shift interlock. You
must fully apply your regular brakes before you can
shift from PARK (P) when the ignition is in RUN. See
“Automatic Transaxle Operation” in the Index.
If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure on
the shift lever by pushing it all the way into PARK (P)
while keeping the brake pedal pushed down. Release the
shift lever button if you have a console shift. Then move
the shift lever out of PARK (P), being sure to press the
shift lever button if you have a console shift.
If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still can’t
shift out of PARK (P), try this:
1 . Turn the key to OFF.
2 . Apply and hold the brake until the end of Step 4.
3. Shift to NEUTRAL (N).
4. Start the engine and shift to the drive gear you want.
5 . Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.
I
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts
under your vehicle and ignite. Don’t park over papers,
leaves, dry grass or other things that can burn.
2-22
Engine Exhaust
Running Your Engine WhileYou’re
Parked
It’s better not to park with the engine running.But if you
ever haveto, here are some things
to know.
Engine exhaust cankill. It contains thegas
carbon monoxide (CO), which you can’t see or
smell, It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaustcoming in if:
Your exhaust system sounds strange
or different.
Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.
0 Your vehicle was damaged in acollision.
Your vehicle was damaged when driving over
high points onthe road or over road debris.
0 Repairs weren’t done correctly.
Your vehicle or exhaust system had been
modified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaustis cominginto
your vehicle:
0 Drive it only with all the windows down to
blow out anyCO; and
0 Have your vehicle Tied immediately.
A CAUTION:
Idling the engine with the air
tern control
off could allowdangerous exhaust into
your vehicle (seethe earlier Caution under
“Engine Exhaust”).
Also, idling in aclosed-in placecan let deadly
carbon monoxide (CO) into yourvehicle evenif
the fanswitch isat the highest setting. One place
this can happenis a garage. Exhaust with
CO can come in easily. NEVER park in a
garage with the engine running.
Another closed-in place can be a blizzard.
(See “Blizzard” in theIndex.)
--
--
indows
?ewer Windows
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if
the shiftlever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmly set. Your vehiclecan roll.
Don’t leaveyour vehicle when the engine is
running unless you have to. If you’ve left the
engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on
fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shiftlever to PARK (P).
r
Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle won’t
move. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
If you are parking on a hill and if you’re pulling a
trailer, also see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
2-24
9
Switches on the driver’s door armrest control each of the
windows when the ignition is on. In addition, each
passenger door has a switch for its own window.
The driver’s window switch has an auto-down feature.
This switch is labeled AUTO. Tap the rear of the switch,
and the driver’s window will open a small amount.If the
rear of the switch is pressed all the way down, the
window will go all the way down.
Tilt St,,l ing Wheel
To stop the window while it is lowering, press the front
of the switch. To raise the window, press and hold the
front of the switch.
On four-door models, the driver’s window controls also
include a lock-out switch. Press LOCK to stop frontand
rear passengers fromusing their window switches. The
driver can still control all the windows with the lock on.
Press the other side of the LOCK button for normal
window operation.
rn
Press either horn symbol on your steeringwheel to
sound the horn.
A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjust the steering
wheel before you drive. You can also raise itto the
highest level to give your legs more room when you exit
and enter the vehicle.
To tilt the wheel, hold the steering wheel and pull the
lever. Move the steering wheel to a comfortable level,
then release the lever to lock the wheel in place.
-
2-25
Thrn SignaYMultifunction Lever
T h m Signal and Lane Change Indicator
The turn signal has two upward (for right) and two
downward (for left) positions. These positions allow you
to signal a turn or a lane change.
To signal a turn, move the lever all the way up or down.
When the turn is finished, thelever will return
automatically.
An arrow on the instrument
panel will flash in the
direction of the turn or lane
change.
The lever on the left side of the steering column
includes your:
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
Headlamp HigWLow Beam
Windshield Wipers
0
Windshield Washer
e CruiseControl
L
To signal a lane change, just raise or lower the lever
until the arrow starts to flash. Hold it there until you
complete your lane change. The lever will return by
itself when you release it.
As you signal a turn or a lane change, if the arrows don’t
flash but just stay on, a signal bulb may be burned out
and other drivers won’t see your turn signal.
If a bulb is burned out, replace itto help avoid an
accident. If the arrows don’t go on at all when you
signal a turn, check for burned-outbulbs and check the
fuse (see “Fusesand Circuit Breakers’’ in the Index).
A chime will sound if you leave your turn signal on for
more than 1/2 mile (0.8 km).
Headlamp High/Low Beam
To change your headlamps
from low beam to high
beam, or high to low, pull
the multifunction leverall
the way toward you. Then
release it. When the high
beams are on, alight on the
instrument panel alsowill
be on.
Windshield Wipers
To control the windshield
wipers, turn the band
marked WIPER. For a
single wiping cycle,turn the
band to MIST. Hold it there
until the wipers start, then
let go. The wipers will stop
after one cycle. If you want
more cycles,hold the band
on MIST longer.
For steady wiping at low speed, turn the band to LO. For
high-speed wiping, turn the band further, to HI. To stop
the wipers, turn the band to OFF.
You can set the wiper speed for a long or short delay
between wipes. This canbe very useful in light rain or
snow. Turn the band to choose the delay time. The
closer to LO, the shorter the delay.
Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades
before using them. If they’re frozen tothe windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them. If your blades do become
damaged, get new blades or blade inserts.
Heavy snow or icecan overload your wipers. A circuit
breaker will stop them until the motor cools. Clearaway
snow or iceto prevent an overload.
For information on replacement bladetype and length,
see “Capacities and Specifications’’ in the Index.
Windshield Washer
At the top of the multifunction lever, there’s a paddle
with the word PUSH on it. To spray washer fluid on the
windshield, push the paddle. The wipers will run for
several sweeps andthen either stop orreturn to your
preset speed.
2-28
r-
In freezing weather,don’t use your washer until
the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking
your vision.
Cruise Control
A CAUT1,ON:
Cruise controlcan be dangerous where you
can’t drive safely at a steadyspeed. So,
don’t use your cruise control
on winding
roads.or inheavy traffic.
Cruise, control can
be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads, fastchanges
in tire traction can
cause needless wheel
spinning, and you could losecontrol. .Don’t
use cruise controlon slippery roads.
With cruise control, you canrqaintain a speedof about
25 mph (40 km/h)
or more without keeping your foot
on the accelerator. This can really help on longtrips.
Cruise control does notwork at speeds below about
25 mph (40 km/h).
When you apply your brakes, the cruise control
shuts off.
2-29
Resuming a Set Speed
Suppose you set your cruise control aatdesired speed
and then you apply the brake. This, of course, shuts off
the cruisecontrol. But you don’t need to reset it.
If you leave your cruise control
switch on when
you’re not usingcruise, you might hit a button
and go into cruisewhen you don’twant to.
You could bestartled andeven lose control.
Keep the cruise controlswitch OFF until you
want to use it.
WA (Resume/Accelerate)
for abouthalf a second.
You’ll go right back up to
your chosen speedand
stay there.
1. Move the cruise control switchto ON.
2. Get up to the speed you want.
3. Push in the SET button
at theend of the lever
and release it. The
CRUISE light on the
instrument panel will
come on.
4. Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal.
2-30
1
1
Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control
There are two ways to go ,to ahigher speed:
Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed.
Press the button at the endof the lever, then release
the button and the accelerator pedal. You’ll now
cruise at the higher speed.
0
Move the cruise switch from ON to WA. Hold it
there until you get up to the speed you want, and
then release the switch. To increase your speedin
very small amounts, move the switch to R/A.
Each time you do this, your vehicle will go about
1 mph (1.6 k d h ) faster.
The accelerate featurewill only work after you set
the cruise control speed by pushing the SET button.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are two ways to reduce your speed while using
cruise control:
Push in the SET button until you reach the lower
speed you want, then release it.
To slow down in very small amounts, push the
SET button for less than half a second. Each time
you do this, you’ll go 1 mph (1.6 kmh) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed.When
you take your foot off the pedal, your vehicle will slow
down to the cruise control speed you set earlier.
Using CruiseControl on Hills
How well your cruise controlwill work on hills depends
upon your speed, load and the steepness of the hills.
When going up steep hills, you may have to stepon the
accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When going
downhill, you may have to brake orshift to a lower gear
to keep your speed down. Of course, applying the brake
takes you out of cruise control. Many drivers find this to
be too much trouble and don’t use cruise control on
steep hills.
Ending Cruise Control
There are twoways to turn off the cruise control:
Step lightly on the brake pedal; OR
Move the cruise switch to OFF.
Erasing Cruise Speed Memory
When you turn off the cruise control orthe ignition, or
shift into PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N), your cruise
control set speed memory is erased.
Lamps
The lamp controlsare on the instrument panel. They
control these systems:
Headlamps
Taillamps
Parking Lamps
License Lamps
0
Sidemarker Lamps
0
Instrument Panel Lights
0
.Courtesy Lamps
Turn the knob to ON to turn on the headlamps and other
operating lamps.
Turn the knob to PARK to turn on the parking and other
operating lamps without the headlamps.
Turn the knob to OFF to turn off the lamps.
A warning chime will sound when you turn the ignition
switch to OFF, LOCK or ACC with the lamps on.
Daytime Running Lamps (Option)
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier for
others to see the front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different driving
conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the
short periods after dawn and before sunset.
A light sensor on top of the instrument panel makes the
DRL work, so be sure it isn’t covered.
The DRL system will make your low-beam headlamps
come onat a reduced brightness when:
0
The ignition is on,
The headlamp switch is off, and
The parking brake is released.
2-32
When the DRL are on,only your low-beam headlamps
will be on. The taillamps, sidemarker
and other lamps
won’t be on.Your instrument panel won’t be lit
up either.
When it’s dark enough outside, yourlow-beam
headlamps will change tofull brightness. The other
lamps that come on with your headlamps will also
come on.
When it’s bright enough outside, the regular lamps will
go off and your low-beam headlamps changeto the
reduced brightness of DRL.
To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set the parking
brake while the ignition is in OFF or LOCK. Thenstart
your vehicle. The DRL will stay off until you release the
parking brake.
As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regular
headlamp system when you need it.
Interior Lamps
Instrument PanelBrightness Control
You can brighten or dim the instrument panel lights by
moving the PANEL LAMPS dial. If you turn the dial
past HI, your courtesy or interior lamps will come on.
Courtesy Lamps
When any door is opened, several lamps come on. These
lamps are courtesy lamps. They make it easy for you to
enter and leave your vehicle. You can also turn these
lamps on by moving the PANEL LAMPS dial all the
way up past HI.
Some of the lamps have switches so you can turn them
on, even when the doors are closed. These lamps are
reading lamps. To avoid draining your battery, be sure to
turn of€ all reading lamps when leaving your vehicle.
Illuminated Entry
Rearview Mirror Reading Lamps
Your courtesy lamps will come on and stay on for a set
time whenever you:
Pull a front door handle.
Press UNLOCK on the Remote Keyless Entry
transmitter (if equipped).
Press DOOR on the Remote Keyless Entry
transmitter (if equipped).
If you open a door, the lamps will stay on while it’s open
and then turn off automatically about 18 seconds after
you close it. If you don’t open a door, the lamps will
turn off after about 18 seconds, unless you pressed
UNLOCK on the Remote Keyless Entry transmitter. If
you pressed UNLOCK and don’t open a door, the lamps
will turn off after about 55 seconds.
Illuminated entry includes a featurecalled theater
dimming. With theater dimming, the lamps don’t just
turn off at the end of the delay time. Instead, they slowly
dim during the delay time until they go out. The delay
time is cancelled if you turn the ignition key to RUN or
START, so the lamps will go out right away.
When the ignition is on, illuminated entry is inactive,
which means the courtesy lamps won’t come on.
These lamps go on when you open the doors. When the
doors are closed, use the switch next to each lamp to
turn them on and off.
Roof Console Reading Lamp. (Option)
Dome Lamp
These lamps are part of the optional roof console. They
will go on when you open the doors. When the doors
are closed, use the switch next to each lamp to turn them
on and off.
The dome lamp will go on when you open the doors.
Next to the dome lamp are two reading lamps. Use the
switch next to each lamp to turn them on and off.
2-35
Battery Saver
Your vehicle has a feature to help prevent you from
draining the battery, in case you accidentally leave the
courtesy lamps on. If you leave the PANEL LAMPS dial
turned all the way up past HI, or if you leave a door
open, the lamps will automatically turn off after
10 minutes (if the ignition is oft).
-
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror
. ,~,
'
/..
,
This feature will not turn off the reading lamps, only the
lamps controlled by the PANEL LAMPS dial. Be sure to
turn off any reading lamps using the switch before you
leave the vehicle.
Mirrors
Adjust all the mirrors so you can see clearly when you
are sitting in a comfortabledriving position.
2-36
To reduce glare from headlamps behind you, push the
lever forward (to the night position). To return the
mirror to the day position, pull the lever toward you.
Manual Remote Control Mirror
Convex Outside Mirror
Adjust the right mirror by hand. To adjust the left
mirror, move the knob in the direction you want to move
the mirror.
Your passenger's side mirror is convex. A convex
mirror's surface is curved so you can see more from the
driver's seat.
Power Remote Control Mirror (Option)
The power mirror control is
on the driver's door. Turn
the control to the left to
adjust the left mirror or to
the right to adjust theright
mirror. Then move the
control in the direction you
want to move the mirror.
A CA"TI0h
A convex mirror can make things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really are.
If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you
could hit a vehicleon your right. Check your
inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
After you adjust the mirrors, turn the control to the
center position to turn it off.
2-37
Storage Compartments
Glove Box
Use the door key to lock and unlock the glove box.
To open, lift the latch.
Center Console
To open the storage area,
press the latch on the front
edge and pull up.
Storage Armrest
To use the storage area, fold down the armrest. Press the
latch on the front edge and pull up. To use the
cupholder, flip it forward.
You may also have an armrest in the rear. It may have a
storage area and cupholders.
The consolehas cupholders,
cassette tape storage and a
coinholder.
Convenience Net(Option)
Luggage Carrier (Option)
If you have the optional luggage carrier,
you can load
things on the deck lidof your vehicle.The luggage
carrier has slats attached to the deck alid,
rear rail
and tiedowns.
NOTICE:
~~
I:x
Your vehicle may have a convenience net.You’ll see it
on the back wallof the trunk.
Loading cargo that weighs more than 50 lbs.
(23kg) on the luggage carrier may damage your
vehicle. When you carry large things, never let
them hang over the rear orthe sides of your
vehicle. Load your cargoso that itrests on the
slats and does not scratch or damage the
vehicle.
Put thecargo against therear rail and fasten
it
securely to theluggage carrier.
Put small loads, like grocery bags, behind
the net. It can
help keep them from falling over during sharp turns or Don’t exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when
loading your Buick. For more information on vehicle
quick starts and stops.
capacity and loading, see “Loading
Your Vehicle” in
The net isn’t for larger, heavier loads. Store those in the
the Index.
trunk as far forward asyou can.
To prevent damage or lossof cargo, stop drivingnow
You can unhook the netso that it will lie flat when
and then and make sure the luggage carrier and cargo
you’re not using it.
are still securely fastened.
2-39
Ashtrays and Lighter
The center front ashtray may be on the instrument panel
or on the console. To remove either ashtray, open the lid
and lift out the ashtray.
To remove the rear ashtray, open it, push down on the
snuffer and pull out the ashtray.
.
NOTICE:
Don’t hold a cigarette lighterin with your hand
while it is heating. If you do, it won’t be able to
back away from the heating element when it’s
ready. That can make it overheat, damaging the
lighter and the heating element.
NOTICE:
Don’t put papers and other things that burn
into your ashtrays. If you do, cigarettes or other
smoking materials could set them on fire,
causing damage.
To use the lighter, just push it in all the way and let go.
When it’s ready, it will pop back by itself.
2-40
Sun Visors
To block out glare, you can swing down the visors. You
can also move them from side to side. Thevisors also
have extenders that you can pull out foradded coverage.
Visor Vanity Mirrors
Accessory Outlet
Open the cover to expose the vanity
mirror.
If your vehicle hasa center console,you have a 12-volt
outlet. It is onthe passenger side, near the floor. Open
the cover to use the outlet.
-
NOTICE:
Adding some electrical .equipment to your vehicle
can damageit or keep other things from working
as they should. This wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty, Check with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment and never use anything
requiring more than20 amps.
If your vehicle has the optional lighted vanity mirrors,
the lamps come on when you open cover.
the
2-41
__-
1 .
%
Astroroof (Option)
Your astroroof includes a sliding glass panel and a
sliding sunshade. The switch works only when the
ignition is on.
To open the glass panel and sunshade, press the rear of
the switch. Let go of the switch to stop the panel in any
position. Press the front of the switch to close the glass
panel. The sunshade can only be closed by hand.
To open the rear vent, press the front of the switch when
the astroroof is closed. Open the sunshade by hand.
Press the rear of the switch to close the vent.
The astroroof glass panel cannot be opened or closed if
your vehicle has an electrical failure.
2-42
A. Lamp Controls
D. Glove Box
B. Instrument Cluster
E. Audio System
C. Vents
E Climate Control
Instrum-It P: le1 Cluster
United States Version Shown, Canadian Similar
Your instrument cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running. You’ll know how fast
you’re going, about how much fuel is in your tank and many other things you need to drive safely and economically.
2-44
Speedometer and Odometer
Tachometer
Your speedometer letsyou see your speed in both miles
per hour (mph)and kilometers per hour (km/h).Your
odometer showshow far your vehiclehas been driven in
either miles (used in the United States) or in kilometers
(used in Canada).
1
The tachometer displays
the engine speed in
thousands of revolutions
per minute (rpm).
4
3\\l
* \‘
I
\
Your Buick has a tamper-resistant odometer. If you see
silver lines between the numbers, you’ll know someone
has probably tampered with it and the numbers may not
be accurate.
You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a
new odometer installed.If the new one can be set to the
mileage total of the old odometer, then that will be done.
But if it can’t, then it will be set at zero and a label must
be put on the driver’s door to show the old mileage
reading when the new odometer was installed.
Trip Odometer
Your trip odometer tells how far you have driven since
you last reset it. To set it to zero, press the button on the
right side of the instrumentcluster.
1,
8
RPM XIOOO
I NOTICE:
1
Do not operate the enginewith the tachometer in
the
redor engine
area,
damage
may
occur.
Warning Lights, Gages and
Indicators
This part describes the warning lights and gages that
may be on your vehicle. The pictures will help you
locate them.
Warning lights and gages can signal that something is
wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an
expensive repair or replacement.Paying attention to
your warning lights and gages could also save you or
others from injury.
Warning lights come on when there may be or is a
problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As you
will see in the details on the next few pages, some
warning lights come on briefly when you start the
engine just to let you know they’re working. If you are
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed
when this happens.
Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem
with one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages and
warning lights work together to let you know when
there’s a problem with your vehicle.
When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on
when you are driving, or when one of the gages shows
there may be a problem, check the section that tells you
what to do about it. Please follow this manual’s advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly -- and even
dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights
and gages. They’rea big help.
Safety Belt Reminder Light
When the key is turned to RUN or START, a chime will
come on for about eight seconds to remind people to
fasten their safety belts, unless the driver’s safety belt is
already buckled.
The safety belt light will
also come onand stay on
until the driver’s belt
is buckled.
Air Bag Readiness Light
There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument
panel, which shows AIR BAG. The system checksthe
air bag’s electrical system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical problem. The system
check includes the air bag sensors, the air bag modules,
the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module.
For more information on the air bag system, see “Air
Bag” in the Index.
AIR BAG 0.
pf
You will see this light flash
for a few secondswhen you
turn your ignition to RUN
or START. Then the light
should go out. This means
the system is ready.
Charging System Light
The charging system light
will come on briefly when
you turn on the ignition, as
a check to show you it’s
working. Then it should
go out.
If it stays on, or comes onwhile you are driving, you
may have a problem with the charging system. It could
indicate that you have a loose drive belt or another
electrical problem. Have it checked right away. Driving
while this light is on could drain your battery.
If you must drive a short distance with the light on, be
certain to turn off all your accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
If the air bag readinesslight doesn’t come onwhen you
start your vehicle, or stays on, or comes on when you
are driving, your airbag system may not work properly.
Have your vehicleserviced right away.
Brake System Warning Light
Your Buick’s hydraulic brake system is divided into two
parts. If one part isn’t working, the other part can still
work and stop you. For good braking, though, you need
both parts working well.
anti-lock brake system warning light is flashing, have
the vehicle towed for service. (See “Anti-Lock Brake
System Warning Light” and “Towing Your Vehicle” in
the Index.)
If the warning light comes on, there could be a brake
problem. Have your brake system inspected right away.
BRAKE
This light should come on
briefly when you turn the
ignition key to RUN. If it
doesn’t come on then, have
it fixed so it will be ready
to warn you if there’s a
problem.
If the light comes on while you are driving, pull off the
road and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal is
harder to push. Or, the pedal may go closer to the floor.
It may take longer to stop. If the light is still on, or if the
Your brake system maynot be working properly
if the brake system warning light is on. Driving
with the brake system warning light
on can lead
to an accident. If the lightis still on or if the
is flashing
anti-lock brake system warning light
after you’ve pulled off the road and stopped
carefully, have the vehicle towed for service.
When the ignition is on, the brake system warning light
will also come on when you set your parking brake. The
light will stay on if your parking brake doesn’t release
fully. If it stays 011 after your parking brake is fully
released, it means you have a brake problem.
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light
With the anti-lock brake
system, this light will come
on when you start your
engine and it will stay
on for three seconds.
That’s normal.
If the light flashes when you’re driving, you don’t have
anti-lock brakes and there could be a problemwith your
regular brakes. Pulloff the road and stop carefully. You
may notice that the pedal is harder to push. Or, the pedal
may go closer to the floor. It may take longer to stop.
Have the vehicle towed for service. (See “Towing Your
Vehicle” in the Index.)
A
Your regular brake system may not be working
properly if theanti-lock brake system warning
light is flashing. Driving with the anti-lock brake
system warning light flashing can leadto an
accident. After you’ve pulled off the road
and stopped carefully, have the vehicle towed
for service.
f the anti-lock brake system warning light stays on
longer than normal after you’ve started your engine, turn
the ignition off. Or, if the light comes on and stays on
when you’re driving, stopas soon as possible and turn
the ignition off. Then start the engine againto reset the
system. If the light still stays on, or comes on again
while you’re driving, your Buick needs service. If the
light is on but not flashing and the regular brake system
warning light isn’t on, you still have brakes, but you
don’t have anti-lock brakes.
The anti-lock brake system warning light should come
on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN. If the
light doesn’t come on then,have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.
2-49
E
Anti-Lock Brake System Active Light
LOW
TRAC
When your anti-lock system
is adjusting brake pressure
to help avoid a braking skid,
the anti-lock brake system
active light will come on.
Slippery road conditions may exist if this light comes
on, so adjust your driving accordingly. The light will
stay on for a few seconds afterthe system stops
adjusting brake pressure,
The anti-lock brake system active light also comes on
briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN. If the
light doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it will be
there to tell you when the system is active.
Engine Coolant Temperature Light
-
This light tells you that your
engine coolant has
overheated or your radiator
cooling fan is not working.
TEMP
If you have been operating your vehicleunder normal
driving conditions, you should pull off the road, stop
your vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible.
In “Problems on the Road,” this manual shows what to
do. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
\
You have a gage that shows
the engine coolant
temperature. If the gage
pointer moves into the red
area, your engine is too hot!
Low Coolant Warning Light
LOW
COOLANT
If this light comes on, your
system is low on coolant
and the enginemay
overheat. See “Engine
Coolant” in ‘the Index and
have your vehicle serviced
as soon as you can.
TEMPERATURE
That reading means the same thing as the warning light.
It means that your engine coolant has overheated.
If you
have been operating your vehicle under normal driving
off the road, stop your
conditions, you should pull
vehicle and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.
this manual shows what to
In “Problems on the Road,”
do. See “Engine Overheating”in the Index.
2-51
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Service Engine Soon Light)
SERV. ENGINE
SOON
Your Buick is equipped
with a computer which
monitors operation of the
fuel, ignition and emission
control systems.
This system is called OBD I1 (On-Board
Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended to
assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life
of the vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner
environment. (In Canada, OBD I1 is replaced by
Enhanced Diagnostics.) The SERV. ENGINE SOON
light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and
service is required. Malfunctions often will be indicated
by the system before any problem is apparent, which
may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle. This
system is also designed to assist your service technician
in correctly diagnosing any malfunction.
1 NOTICE:
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
on, after a while, your emission controls may not
work as well, your fuel economy may not be as
good and your engine may not runas smoothly.
This could lead to costly repairs that may not be
covered by your warranty.
This light should come on, as a check to show you it is
working, when the ignition is on and the engine is not
running. I f the light doesn’t come on,have it repaired.
This light will also come on during a malfunction in one
or two ways:
Light Flashing -- A misfire condition has been
detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and
may damage the emission control system on your
vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis
and service is required.
Light On Steady -- An emission control system
malfunction has been detected on your vehicle.
Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and
service may be required.
If the Light Is Flashing
If the Light Is On Steady
The following may prevent more serious damage to
your vehicle:
You may be able to correct the emission system
malfunction by considering the following:
0
Reduce vehicle speed.
Did you just put fuel into your vehicle?
0
Avoid hard accelerations.
0
Avoid steep uphill grades.
0
If towing a trailer, reduce the amount of cargo being
hauled as soon as it is possible.
If so, reinstall the fuel cap, making sure to fully install
the cap. The diagnosticsystem can determine if the fuel
cap has been left off or improperly installed. Thiswill
allow fuel to evaporateinto the atmosphere. A few
driving trips should turn the light off.
If the light stops flashing and remains on steady, see “If
the Light Is On Steady” following.
If the light continues to flash, when it is safe to do so,
stop the vehicle. Put your vehicle in PARK (P). Turn the
key off, wait at least 10 secondsand restart the engine.
If the light remains on steady, see “If the Light Is On
Steady” following. If the light is still flashing follow the
previous steps, and drive the vehicle to your dealer or
qualified service center for service.
Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water?
Tf so, your electrical system may be wet. The condition
will usually be corrected when the electrical system
dries out. A few driving trips should turn the light off.
Are you low on fuel?
As your engine starts to run out of fuel, your engine may
not run as efficiently as designed since small amounts of
air are sucked intothe fuel line causing a misfire.The
system can detect this. Adding fuel should correct this
condition. Make sureto install the fuel cap properly. It
will take a few driving trips to turn the light off.
Have you recently changed brands of fuel?
If so, be sure tofuel your vehicle with quality fuel (see
“Fuel” in the Index). Poor fuel quality will cause your
engine not to run as efficiently as designed. You may
notice this as stalling after start-up, stalling when you
put the vehicle into gear, misfiring, hesitation on
acceleration or stumbling on acceleration. (These
conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up.)
This will be detected by the system and cause the light
to turn on.
If you experience this condition, changethe fuel brand
you use. It will require at least one fulltank of the
proper fuel to turn the light off.
If none of the above steps have made the light turn off,
have your dealer or qualified service center check the
vehicle. Your dealer has theproper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical
problems that may have developed.
2-54
Oil Warning Light
If you have a problem with
your oil, this light may stay
on after you start your
engine, or comeon when
This indicates that oil is not going through your engine
quickly enough to keep it lubricated. The engine could
be low on oil or could have some otheroil problem.
Have it fixed right away.
The oil light could also come on in two other situations:
When the ignition is on but the engine is not running,
the light will come on as a test to show you it is
working, but the light will go out when you turn the
ignition to START. If it doesn’t come onwith the
ignition on, you may have a problem with the fuse or
bulb. Have it fixed right away.
Sometimes when the engine is idling at a stop, the
light may blink on and off. This is normal.
Don’t keep driving if theoil pressure is low. If
you do, your engine can becomeso hot thatit
catches fire.You or others could be burned.
Check your oil as soon as possible and have your
vehicle serviced.
NOTICE:
Damage to your engine from neglectedoil
problems can be costlyand is not covered by
your warranty.
Low Oil Level Light
LOW OIL
LEVEL
Your engine is equipped
with an oil level monitoring
system. When the ignition
key is turned on, the LOW
OIL LEVEL light will
briefly flash. If the light
does not flash, have it fixed
so it will be ready to warn
you if there’s a problem.
If the light stays on, stopthe vehicle on a level surface
and turn the engine off. Check the oil level using the
engine oil dipstick. (See “Engine Oil”in the Index.)
If the light does not flash, have the low oil level sensor
system repaired so it will be ready to warn you if there’s
a problem.
The oil level monitoring system only checks oil level
during the brief period between key on and engine
crank. It does not monitor engine oil level when the
engine is running. Additionally, an oil level check is
only performed if the engine has been turned off for a
considerable period of time, allowing the oil normally in
circulation to drain back into the oil pan.
2-55
Security Light
SECURITY
Cruise Light
This light will come on
when you turn the key to
START and stay on until the
vehicle starts. It will also
come on and stay on if your
key is too dirty or wet for
the PASS-Key IT system to
read the resistor pellet.
If the resistor pellet is damaged ormissing, the light
will flash.
If you’re driving and the SECURITY light comes on
and remains on, your PASS-Key TI system is not
working properly. Your vehicle is not protected by
PASS-Key 11, and you should see your dealer.
2-56
The CRUISE light comes
on whenever you set your
cruise control.
CRUISE
Low Fuel Light
Fuel Gage
F
L
1
-
1
b
Your fuel gage tells you
about how much fuel you
have left when the ignition
is on. When the indicator
nears EMPTY (E), you still
have a little fuel left,but
you should get more soon.
UNLEADED FUEL ONL’
Here are some things owners ask about.All these
situations are normal and do not show a problem with
your fuel gage:
0
At the service station, the pump shutsoff before the
gage reads FULL (F).
0
It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the
gage indicated. For example, the gage may have
indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took
a little more or less than half the tank’s capacity to
fill it.
0
The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or
speed up.
LOW
If your fuel is low, a light
will come on and stay on
until you add fuel. It will
also come on fora few
seconds when you first turn
on the ignition as a check to
show you it’s working. If it
doesn’t come on then, have
it fixed.
NOTES
2-58
Section 3 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
In this section you’ll find out how to operate the comfort
control and audio systems offered with your Buick. Be
sure to read about the particular systems supplied with
your vehicle.
Comfort Controls
Air Conditioning with ElectronicControls
Fan Lever
The bottom lever selects the force of air you want.
Temperature Lever
The upper lever changes the temperature of the air
coming through the system. Slidethe lever toward
WARM for warmer air. Slide the lever toward COOL
for cooler air. This lever controls the temperature for the
whole vehicle unless DUAL is pressed and the indicator
is lit. When DUAL is pressed, this lever controls the
temperature for the driver.
With this system, you can control the heating, cooling
and ventilation in your vehicle. The system works best if
you keep your windows closed while using it.
The lever on the passenger's
door setsthe temperature
for the front seat passenger.
The panel has several settings to control the direction of
airflow. The indicator light on the button will glow
when the button is pressed.
OFF: The setting turns the system (including the
fan) off.
VENT This setting brings in outside air and directs it
through the instrument panel outlets.
HTR: This setting sends most of the air through the
ducts near the floor. The rest comes out of the defroster
and side window vents.
Press the DUAL button on the system faceso the light on
it is lit. Slide the lever on the door towardW to raise the
temperature. Slide it toward C to lower the temperature.
To allow the driver to setthe temperature, push the DUAL
button again.
BLEND: This setting allows half of the air to go to the
floor ducts and half to the defrost and side window vents.
FRONT This setting directs most of the air
through the defroster and side window vents. Some of
the air goes to the floor ducts. The air conditioning
compressor will run automatically in this setting unless
the outside temperature is below 40°F (4.5"C).
MAX: This setting recirculates much of the air inside
your vehicle and sendsit through the instrument panel
outlets. The airconditioning compressor will run
automatically in this setting unless the outside
temperature is below 40°F (4.5"C).
Air Conditioning
NORM: This setting bringsin outside air and sends
it through the instrument panel outlets. The air
conditioning compressor will run automatically in this
setting unless the outside temperature is below 40°F
(4.5" C).
For quick cool-down on very hot days, use MAX with
the temperature lever all the way to COOL. If this
setting is used for long periods of time, the air in your
vehicle may become too dry.
BI-LEV: This setting bringsin the outside air and
directs it two ways. Half of the air is directed through
the instrument panel outlets. Most of the remaining air is
directed through the floor ducts anda little to the defrost
and side window vents. The air conditioning compressor
will run automatically in this setting unless the outside
temperature is below 40°F (4.5"C).
On very hot days, open the windows long enough to let
hot, inside air escape. Thisreduces the time the
compressor has to run, which should help fuel economy.
For normal cooling on hot days, use NORM with the
temperature lever all the way to COOL. The system will
bring in outside air and cool it.
On cool but sunny days, the sun may warm your upper
body, but your lower body may not be warm enough.
You can use BI-LEV with the temperature knob in the
middle. The system will bring in outside air and direct it
to your upper body, while sending slightly warmed air to
your lower body. You may notice this temperature
difference more at some times than others.
3-3
Heating
Ventilation System
On cold days,use HTR with the temperature lever all
the way to WARM. The system will bring in outside air,
heat it and send it to the floor ducts.
If your vehicle has an engine coolant heater, you can use
it to help your system provide warm air faster when it’s
cold outside (0°F (-18°C) or lower). An engine coolant
heater warms the coolant your engine and heating
system use to provide heat. See “EngineCoolant
Heater” in the Index.
Adjust the direction of airflow by moving the
louvered vents.
Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies
outside air into the vehicle when it is moving. Outside
air will also enter the vehicle when the air conditioning
fan is running.
Ventilation Tips
0
For mild outside temperatures when little heating or
cooling is needed, use VENT to direct outside air
through your vehicle.
0
Keep the hood and front air inlet freeof ice, snow or
any other obstruction, suchas leaves. The heaterand
defroster will work far better, reducing the chance of
fogging the inside of your windows.
0
When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, adjust the
mode to HTR and the fan to thehighest speed for a
few moments before drivingoff. This helps clearthe
intake ducts of snow and moisture and reduces the
chance of fogging the insideof your windows.
0
Keep the air path under the front seats clearof
objects. This helps air to circulate throughout
your vehicle.
Defogging and Defrosting
Your system has two settings for clearingthe front and
side windows. To defrost the windows quickly, use
FRONT with the temperature lever all the way to
WARM. To warm passengers while keeping the
windows clean, use BLEND.
For maximum defrost performance,both the driver’s
and passenger’s temperature controls should be in the
full warm position. To do this, push the DUAL button so
that the light goes out. The drivercan then control both
sides with the main temperature control. Slide thelever
all the way toward WARM.
Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger
uses a warming grid to
remove fog from the rear
window. Press the button
to turn the defogger on. It
will turn itself off after
about ten minutes.
Audio Systems
Your Delco@audio system has been designed to operate
easily and give years of listening pleasure. You will get
the most enjoyment out of i t if you acquaint yourself
with it first. Find out what your Delco system can do
and how to operate all its controls,to be sure you’re
getting the most out of the advanced engineering that
went into it.
Setting the Clock
Press and hold HRS until the correct hour appears. Press
and hold MIN until the correct minute appears.
If you turn it on again, the defogger will onlyrun for about
five minutes before turning off. You can also turn it off by
turning off the ignition or pressing the button again.
Do not attach anything like a temporary vehicle license
or decal across the defogger grid.
I NOTICE:
Don’t use a razor blade
or something else sharp
on the insideof the rear window.If you do, you
could cut or damage the warming grid, and the
repairs wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
You may set the clock with the ignition off if you
press RECALL first and follow the same procedure
described above.
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape
Player (Option)
RECALL: Press the upper knob briefly to recall the
station being played or the clock display. To change
what is normally shown on the display (station or time),
press the knob until you see the display you want, then
hold the knob until the display flashes. If you press the
knob when the ignition is off, the clock will show for a
few seconds.
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press the lower knob to select AM, FMl or
FM2. The display shows your selection.
TUNE: Turn the lower knob to choose radio stations.
SEEK: Press the forward or backward arrow to go to
the next higher or lower station. The sound will be
muted while seeking.
Playing the Radio
VOLUME: Turn this knob to turn the system on and
off. Turn it clockwise to increase the volume. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease the volume.
SCAN: Press one of the SEEK arrows for two seconds
and SCAN will appear on the display. Use SCAN to
listen to stations for a few seconds. Theradio will go to
a station, stop for afew seconds, then go on to the next
station. Press one of the SEEK arrows again to stop
scanning. The sound will be muted while scanning.
3-7
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
18 stations (six AM, six FMl and six FM2).
1. Press AM-FM to select the band.
2. Find the station you want by using TUNE or SEEK.
3. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons.
4. The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
button. Whenever you press that numbered button,
the station you set will return.
P SCAN: Press this button to listen to each of your
preset stations for a few seconds. Theradio will go to
the first preset station, stop for afew seconds, then go
on to the next preset station. Press P SCAN again to
stop scanning. If a preset station has weak reception,
the radio will not stop at the preset station.
Setting the Tone
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to increase or decreasebass. The middle position is
a detent.
TREB: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to increase or decreasetreble. The middle position
is a detent.
Push the knobs back in when you are not using them.
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knob to move
the sound to the left or right speakers. Themiddle
position is a detent and balances the speakers.
FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to move
the sound to the front or rear speakers. The middle
position is a detent and balances the speakers.
Playing a Cassette Tape
The longer sidewith the tape visible should face to the
right. If the ignition is on, but the radio is off, the tape
will begin playing. If you hear nothing or hear a garbled
sound, the tape may not be in squarely. Press EJECT to
remove the tape and start over.
While the tape is playing, use the VOLUh-, FADE,
BAL, TREB and BASS controls just as you do for the
radio. Other controls may have different functions when
a tape is inserted. The display will show an arrow to
show which side of the tape is playing.
If you want to insert a tape when the ignition or radiois
off, first press EJECT or RECALL. Notethat the
cassette tape adapter kits for portable compact disc
players may not work in your cassette player. These
adapters can causean error message onthe display, and
the adapter cassette could be ejected.
Your tape bias is set automatically.
SEEK: Press the forward orbackward arrow to search
for the next or previous selection on the tape. Your tape
must have at least three seconds of silence between each
selection for SEEKto work. The sound will be muted
while seeking.
44 (3): Press this button to reverse the tape rapidly.
Press it again to return to playing speed. The radio will
play while the tape reverses.
bb (4): Press this button to advance quickly to another
part of the tape. Press the button againto return to playing
speed. The radio will play while the tape advances.
SIDE (5): Press this button to change the side of the
tape that is playing.
00 (6): Press this button to reduce background noise.
The display will show either OFF or ON for a few
seconds when you press the button.
Dolby@Noise Reduction is manufactured under a
license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
Dolby and the double-D symbol aretrademarks of
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
EJECT Press this button to remove the tape. The radio
will play.
CLN: This message may appear on the display. If it
does, your cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It
will still play tapes, but you should clean it as soon as
possible to prevent damage to your tapes and player.
See “Care of Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index.
After you clean the player, press and hold EJECT for
five seconds toreset the CLN indicator. The radio will
display --- to show the indicator was reset.
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player
and Automatic Tone Control (Option)
RECALL: Press this button briefly to recall the station
being played or the clock display. To change what is
normally shown on the display (station or time), press
this button until you see the display you want, then hold
the button until the display flashes. If you press the
button when the ignition is off, the clock will show for
a few seconds.
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press this button to select AM, FM1 or FM2.
The display shows your selection.
TUNE: Press the up or down arrow to choose radio
stations.
SEEK: Press the up or down arrows to go to the
next higher or lower station. The sound will be muted
while seeking.
Playing the Radio
VOLUME: Press this knob to turn the system on and
off. Turn it clockwise to increase the volume. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease the volume.
SCAN: Press one of the SEEK arrows for two seconds
and SCAN will appear on the display. Use SCAN to
listen to stations for a few seconds. The radio will go to
a station, stop for a few seconds, then go on to the next
station. Press one of the SEEK buttons again to stop
scanning. The sound will be muted while scanning.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
18 stations (six AM,six FM1 and six FM2).
1. Press AM-FM to select the band.
2. Find the station you want by using TUNE or SEEK.
3. Press TONE to select the setting you prefer.
4. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons.
5. The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
button. Whenever you press that numbered button, the
station you set will return and the TONE you selected
will be automatically selected for that button.
P SCAN: Press this button to listen to eachof your
preset stations for a few seconds. The radio
will go to
the first preset station, stop for a few seconds,then go
on to the next preset station. Press P SCAN again to stop
scanning. If a preset station has weak reception, the
radio will not stop at the preset station.
AUTO SET Press this button and the system will seek
and set the 12 strongest FM or the 6 strongest AM
stations on your preset buttons. To return to the stations
you manually set, press AUTO SET again.
Setting theTone
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to increase or decrease bass. The middle position is
a detent.
TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to increase or decreasetreble. The middle position
is a detent.
Push the knobs back in when you are not using them.
TONE: This feature allowsyou to choose preset treble
and bass equalization settings designed for classical,
pop, rock, jazz, talk and country/western stations.
CLASS will appear on the display when you first press
TONE. Each time you press it, another setting will
appear on the display. Press it again after C & W
appears and MANUAL will appear. Tone control will
return to the TREB and BASS knobs, Also, if you use
the TREB and BASS knobs, control will return to them
and MANUAL will appear.
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to move the sound to the left or right speakers. The
middle position is a detent and balances the speakers.
3-11
FADE: Turn the knob to move the sound to the front or
rear speakers. The middle position is a detent and
balances the speakers.
Push the knobs back in when you are not using them.
Playing a Cassette Tape
The longer side wlcn the tape visible should face to the
right. If the ignition is on, but the radio is off, the tape
will begin playing. If you hear nothing or hear a garbled
sound, the tape may not be in squarely. Press EJECT to
remove the tape and start over.
While the tape is playing, use the VOLUME, FADE,
BAL, TREE and BASS controlsjust asyou do for the
radio. Other controls may have different functions when
a tape is inserted. The display will show an arrow to
show which side of the tape is playing.
If you want to insert a tape when the ignition or radio is
off, first press EJECT or RECALL. Note that the
cassette tape adapter kits for portable compact disc
players may not work in your cassette player. These
adapters can cause an error message on the display, and
the adapter cassette could be ejected.
Your tape bias is set automatically.
3-12
PREV (1): Press this button to search for the previous
selection on the tape. Your tape must have at least three
seconds of silence between each selection for PREV to
work. The sound will be muted while seeking.
NEXT (2): Press this button to search for the next
selection on the tape. Your tape must have at least three
seconds of silence between each selection'forNEXT to
work. The sound will be muted while seeking.
The SEEK up and down arrows will also find the
previous and next selections on the tape.
44 (3): Press this button to reverse the tape rapidly.
Press it again to return to playing speed. The radio will
play while the tape reverses.
bb (4): Press this button to advance quickly to another
part of the tape. Press the button again to return to playing
speed. The radio will play while the tape advances.
SIDE (5): Press this button to change the side of the
tape that is playing.
00 (6): Press this button to reduce background noise.
The double-D symbol will appear onthe display.
Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under a license
from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.Dolby
and the double-D symbol aretrademarks of Dolby
Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
ANI-FM Stereo with CompactDisc Player
and Automatic Tone Control (Option)
AM-FM: Press this button to play the radio when a tape
is in the player.
SOURCE: Press this button to change to the tape
function when the radio is on. TAPE with an arrow will
appear on the display when the tape is active.
EJECT Press this button to remove the tape. The radio
will play.
CLN: This message may appear on the display. If it
does, your cassettetape player needs to be cleaned. It
will still play tapes, but you should clean it as soon as
possible to prevent damage to your tapes and player.
See “Care of Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index.
After you clean the player, press and hold EJECT for
five seconds to reset the CLN indicator. The radio will
display --- to show the indicator was reset.
Playing the Radio
VOLUME: Press this knob to turn the system on and
off. Turn it clockwise to increase the volume. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease the volume.
3- 13
RECALL: Press this button briefly to recall the station
being played or the clock display. To change what is
normally shown on the display (station or time), press
the button until you see thedisplay you want, then hold
the button until the display flashes. If you press the
button when the ignition is off, the clock will show for
a few seconds.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
18 stations (six AM, six FM 1 and six FM2).
ung a :atlon
AM-FM: Press this button to select AM, FM1 or FM2.
The display shows your selection.
4. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons.
TUNE: Press the up or down arrows to chooseradio
stations.
SEEK: Press the up or down arrows to go to the
next higher or lower station. Thesound will be muted
while seeking.
SCAN: Press one of the SEEKarrows for two seconds
and SCAN will appear on the display. Use SCAN to
listen to stations for a few seconds. Theradio will go to
a station, stop for a few seconds, then go on to the next
station. Press one of the SEEK arrows again to stop
scanning. Thesound will be muted while scanning.
1. Press AM-FM to select the band.
2. Find the station you want by using TUNE or SEEK.
3. Press TONE to select the setting you prefer.
5. The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
button. Whenever you press that numbered button, the
station you set will return and the TONE you selected
will be automatically selected for that button.
P SCAN: Press this button to listen to each of your
preset stations for a few seconds. Theradio will go to
the first preset station, stop for a few seconds, then go
on to the next preset station. Press P SCAN again to stop
scanning. If a preset station has weak reception, the
radio will not stop at the preset station.
TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to increase or decrease treble. The middle position
is a detent.
3-14
Push the knobs back in when you are not using them.
TONE: This feature allows you to choose preset treble
and bass equalization settings designed for classical,
pop, rock, jazz, talk and countrylwestern stations.
CLASS will appear on the display when you first press
TONE. Each time you press it, another setting will
appear on the display. Press it again after C & W
appears and MANUAL will appear. Tone control will
return to the TREB and BASS knobs. Also, if you use
the TREB and BASS knobs, control will return to them
and MANUAL will appear.
djusting the Spc cers
BAL: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn this
knob to move the sound to the left or right speakers. The
middle position is a detent and balances the speakers.
FADE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn this
knob to move the sound to the front or rear speakers. The
middle position is a detent and balances the speakers.
Cc
Insert a disc partway into the slot, label side up. The
player will pull it in. The disc should begin playing.
If you’re driving on a very rough road or if it’s very hot,
the disc may not play and ERR (error) may appear on
the display. Press RECALL to take ERR off the display.
When things get back to normal, the disc should play. If
the disc comes out,it could be that:
0
The disc is upside down.
0
It is dirty, scratched or wet.
0
It is very humid. (If so, wait about an hour and
try again.)
RECALL: Press this button to see which track is
playing. Press it again within five seconds to see how
long it has been playing. To change what is normally
shown on the display (track or elapsed time), press the
button until you see the display you want, then hold the
button until the display flashes.
PREV (1): Press this button to go to the start of the
current track if more than eight secondshave played.
If you hold the button or press it more than once, the
player will continu’e moving back through the disc. The
sound will be muted while seeking.
NEXT (2):Press this button to go tothe next track. If
you hold the button or press it more than once, the
player will continue moving forward through the disc.
The sound will be muted while seeking.
The SEEK down and up arrows will also find the
previous and next selections on the disc.
.
44 (3): Press and hold this button to return to a passage
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape and
Compact Disc Players and Automatic Tone
Control (Option)
quickly. You will hear sound.
(4): Press and hold this button to advance to a
passage quickly. You will hear sound.
RAND (6): Press this button to hear the tracks in
random, rather than sequential, order.
AM-FM: Press this button to play the radio when a disc
is in the player.
If you turn off the ignition or radio with a disc in the
player, it will stay in the player. When you turn on the
ignition or system, the disc will start playing where it
stopped, if it was the last-selected audio source.
SOURCE: Press this knob to change to the disc function
when the radio is on. When a disc is inserted, the disc will
play until you press AM-FM. Then the disc will stop
playing and the radio will play. PressSOURCE again to
play a disc again. CD PLAY will show on the display.
EJECT Press this button to remove the disc. The radio
will play.
3-16
Playing the Radio
VOLUME: Press this knob to turn the system on and
off. Turn it clockwise to increase the volume. Turn it
counterclockwise to decreasethe volume.
RECALL: Press this button briefly to recall the station
being played or the clock display. To change what is
normally shown on the display (station or time), press
the button until you see the display you want, then hold
the button until the display flashes. If you press the
button when the ignition is off, the clock will show for
a few seconds.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
18 stations (six AM, six FM1 and six FM2).
1. Press AM-FM to select the band.
2. Find the station you want by using TUNE or SEEK.
3. Press TONE to select the setting you prefer.
4. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons.
AM-FM: Press this button to select AM, FMl or FM2.
The display shows your selection.
TUNE: Press the up or down arrowto choose
radio stations.
SEEK: Press the up or down arrows to go to the
next higher or lower station. The sound will be muted
while seeking.
SCAN: Press one of the SEEK arrows for two seconds
and SCAN will appear on the display. Use SCAN to
listen to stations for a few seconds. The radio will go to
a station, stop for a few seconds, then go on to the next
station. Press oneof the SEEK arrows again to stop
scanning. The soundwill be muted while scanning.
5. The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
button. Whenever you press that numbered button, the
station you set will return and theTONE you selected
will be automatically selected for that button.
P SCAN: Press this button to listen to each of your
preset stations for a few seconds. Theradio will go to
the first preset station, stop for a few seconds, then go
on to the next preset station. Press P SCAN again to stop
scanning. If a preset station has weak reception, the
radio will not stop at the preset station.
AUTO PRESET Press this button and the system will
seek and set the 12 strongest FM or the 6 strongest AM
stations on your preset buttons. To return to the stations
you manually set, press AUTO PRESET again.
Setting the Tone
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to increase or decrease bass.
TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to increase or decreasetreble.
Push the knobs back in when you are not using them.
TONE: This feature allows
you to choosepreset treble and
bass equalization settings designed for classical, pop,
rock,
jazz, talk and country/western stations. CLASS will
appear on the display when you first press TONE. Each
time you press it, another setting will appear on the display.
Press it again after C & W appears and MANUAL will
appear. Tone control will return to the TREB and BASS
knobs. Also, if you use the TREB and BASS knobs,
control will return to them and MANUAL will appear.
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to move the sound to the left or right speakers.
Use the middle position to balance these speakers.
FADE: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to move the sound to the front or rear speakers.
Use the middle position to balance these speakers.
Push the knobs back in when you are not using them.
3-18
Playing a Cassette Tape
The longer side with the tape visible should face to the
right. I f the ignition is on, but the radio is off, the tape
will begin playing. If you hear nothing or hear a garbled
sound the tape may not be in squarely. Press EJECT to
remove the tape and start over.
While the tape is playing, use the VOLUME, FADE,
BAL, TREB and BASS controls just as you do for the
radio. Other controls may have different functions when
a tape is inserted. The display will show an arrow to
show which side of the tape is playing.
If you want to insert a tape when the ignition or radio is
off, first press EJECT or RECALL.Note that the
cassette tape adapter kits for portable compact disc
players may not work in your cassette player. These
adapters can cause an error message on the display, and
the adapter cassette could be ejected.
Your tape bias is set automatically.
PREV (1): Press this button to search for the previous
selection on the tape. Your tape must have at least three
seconds of silence between each selection for PREV to
work. The sound will be muted while seeking.
NEXT (2): Press this button to search for the next
selection on the tape. Your tape must have at least three
44 (3): Press this button to reverse the tape rapidly.
Press it again to return to playing speed. The radiowill
play while the tape reverses.
CLN: This message may appear on the display. If it
does, your cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It
will still play tapes, but you should clean it as soon as
possible to prevent damage to your tapes and player. See
“Care of Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index. After
you clean the player, press and hold EJECT for five
seconds to reset the CLN indicator. The radio will
display --- to show the indicator was reset.
(4): Press this button to advance quickly to another
part of the tape. Press the button again to return to
playing speed. The radio will play while the tape
advances.,
Your cassette tape player automatically reduces
background noise from tapes encodedwith Dolby NR.
You may turn Dolby off by pressing the number
six preset.
SIDE ( 5 ) : Press this button to change the side of the
tape that is playing.
Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under a license
from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Dolby
and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
seconds of silence between each selection for NEXT to
work. The sound will be muted while seeking.
The SEEK down and up arrows will also find the
previous and next selections on the tape.
,,
SOURCE: Press this button to change to the tape or
disc function when the radio is on. If both a tape and a
disc are installed, the system will first go to tape play;
TAPE will appear on the display. If SOURCE is pressed
again, the system will go to disc play; CD will appear on
the display.
Playing a Compact Disc
EJECT The system has two EJECT buttons. Press the
button near the CD slot to remove a disc. Press the button
near the tape slot to remove a tape. The radio will play.
If you’re driving on avery rough road or if it’s very hot,
the disc may not play and an error code may appear on
the display. Press RECALL to take the error code off the
Insert a discpartway into the slot, label side up. The
player will pull it in. The disc should begin playing.
3-19
display. When things get back to normal, the disc should
play. If the disc comes out, it could bethat:
0
The disc is upside down.
It is dirty, scratched or wet.
It is very humid. (If so, wait about an hour and
try again.)
RECALL: Press this button to see which track is
playing. Press it again within five seconds to see how
long it has been playing. To change what is normally
shown on the display (track or elapsed time), press the
button until you see the display you want, then hold the
button until the display flashes.
PREV (1): Press this button to go to the start of the
current track, if more than eight seconds have played. If
you hold the button or press it more than once, the
player will continue moving back through the disc. The
sound will be muted while seeking.
NEXT (2): Press this button to go to the next track.
If you hold the button or press it more than once, the
player will continue moving forward through the disc.
The sound will be muted while seeking.
The SEEK down and up arrows will also find the previous
and next selections onthe disc.
44 (3): Press and hold this button to return to a passage
quickly. You will hear sound.
,,
(4): Press and hold this button to advance to a
passage quickly. You will hear sound.
RAND (6): Press this button to hear the tracks in
random, rather than sequential, order.
AM-FM: Press this button to play the radio when a disc
is in the player.
If you turn off the ignition or radio with a disc in the
player, it will stay in the player. When you turn on the
ignition or system, the disc will start playing where it
stopped, if it was the last-selected audio source.
SOURCE: Press this button to change to the disc
function when the radio is on. When a disc is inserted,
the disc will play until you press AM-FM. Then the disc
will stop playing and the radio will play. Press SOURCE
again to play a disc again. CD PLAY will show on
the display.
EJECT Press this button to remove the disc. The radio
will play.
1. Write down any three or four-digit number from
000 to 1999 and keep it in a safeplace separate from
THEFTLOCK" is designed to discouragetheft of your
the vehicle.
radio. It worksby using a secret code to disable all radio
2. Turn the ignition to the ACC or RUN position.
functions wheneverbattery power is removed.
3. Turn the radio off.
If THEFTLOCK is active, the THEFTLOCK indicator
4. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down
will flashwhen the ignition isOFF.
until --- shows on the display. Next you will usethe
The THEFTLOCK feature for
the radio may be used or
secret code numberwhich you have written down.
ignored. If ignored, the systemplays normally and the
5. Press MIN and 000 will appear on the display.
radio isnot protected by the feature.If THEFTLOCK is
6. Press MIN again to make the lasttwo digits agree
activated, your radiowill not operate if stolen.
with your code.
When THEFTLOCK is activated,
the radio will display
7 . Press H R S to make the first or two digits agree with
LOC to indicate a locked condition anytime
battery
your code.
power is removed.If your battery loses power forany
reason, you must unlock the radio with the secret code 8. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the code
matches the secret code you have written down.
The
before it willoperate.
display will show REP to letyou know that you need to
Activating the Theft-Deterrent Feature
repeat Steps 5 through 7 to confirm your secret code.
The instructions which follow explain
how to enter your
9. Press AM-FM and this time the display will show
secret codeto activate the THEFTLOCKsystem. It is
SEC tolet you know that your radio is secure.
recommended that you read through all nine steps
before starting the procedure.
NOTE: If you allow more than 15 seconds to elapse
between any steps, the radio automatically reverts to
time andyou must start the procedure over at Step
4.
Theft-Deterrent Feature
3-21
Unlocking the Theft-Deterrent 1 ature After a
Power Loss
Enter your secret codeas follows; pause no more than
15 seconds between steps:
1. LOC appears when the ignition is on.
2. Press MIN and 000 will appear on the display.
3. Press MIN again to make the last two digits agree
with your code.
4. Press HRS to make the first or two digits agree with
your code.
5 . Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
code matches the secret code you have written down.
The display will show SEC, indicating the radio is
now operable and secure.
If you enter the wrong code eight times, INOP will
appear on the display. You will have to wait an hour
with the ignition on before you can try again. When you
try again, you will only have three chances to enter the
correct code before INOP appears.
If you lose orforget your code, contact your dealer.
Disabling the Theft-Deterrent Feature
Enter your secret codeas follows; pause no more than
15 seconds between steps:
1. Turn the ignition to the ACC or RUN position.
2. Turn the radio off.
3. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. Hold them down
until SEC shows on the display.
4. Press MIN and 000 will appear on the display.
5. Press MTN again to make the last two digits agree
with your code.
6. Press HRS to make the first one or two digits agree
with your code.
7. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the
code matches the secret code you have written down.
The display will show ---,indicating that the radio is
no longer secured.
If the code entered is incorrect, SEC will appear on the
display. The radio will remain secured until the correct
code is entered.
When battery power is given to a secured radio, the
radio won’t turn on and LOC will appear on the display.
3-22
Steering Wheel Controls
tion)
SCAN: Press to listen to stations for a few seconds. The
radio will go to a station, stop for a few seconds, then go
on to the next station. Press again to stop scanning.
AM FM: Press to choose AM, FM 1 or FM2. If a
tape or disc is playing, press this button to hear the
radio instead.
VOL: Press the up or down arrows to increase or
decrease volume.
SRCE: Press to change to the tape or disc function
when the radio is on.
MUTE: Press to silence the audio system.
You can control certain audiosystem functions using the
buttons on your steering wheel.
SEEK: Press the up or down arrows to tune to the
next or previous radio station. If a tape or compact
disc is playing, the player will advance to the next or
previous selection.
3-23
.~
Understanding Radio Reception
To help avoid hearing loss or damage:
FM Stereo
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
FM stereo will give you the best sound. But FM signals
will reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, causing
the sound to come and go.
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably
and clearly.
AM
The rangefor most AM stations isgreater than for FM,
especially at night. The longer range,however, can
cause stations to interfere with each other. AM can pick
up noise from things like storms and power lines. Try
reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it.
Tips About Your Audio System
Hearing damage fromloud noise is almost undetectable
until it is too late. Your hearing can adapt to higher
volumes of sound. Sound that seems normal can be loud
and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions by
adjusting the volume controlon your radio to a safe
sound level before your hearing adapts to it.
3-24
NOTICE:
Before you add any sound equipment to your
vehicle like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
telephone or two-way radio be sure you can add
what you want. If you can, it’s very important to
do it properly. Added sound equipment may
interfere with the operation of your vehicle’s
engine, Delcoradio or other systems, and even
damage them. Your vehicle’s systems may
interfere with the operation of sound equipment
that has been added improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment, check with
your dealer andbe sure tocheck Federal rules
covering mobile radio and telephone units.
--
--
C_
_ ~
~
~
Iur C mette Tape PIayer
tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause
reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes or a damaged
mechanism. Cassette tapesshould be stored in their
cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight and
extreme heat. If they aren’t, they may not operate
properly or may cause failure of the tape player.
A
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every
50 hours of use. Your radio may display CLN to indicate
that you have used your tape player for 50 hours without
resetting the tape clean timer. If you notice a reduction in
sound quality, try a known good cassette to see if the tape
or the tape player is at fault. If this other cassette has no
improvement in sound quality, clean the tape player.
Cleaning may be done with a scrubbing action,
non-abrasive cleaning cassettewith pads which scrub
the tape head as the hubs of the cleaner cassetteturn. It
is normal for the cassette to eject while cleaning. Insert
the cassette at least three times to ensure thorough
cleaning. A scrubbing action cleaning cassette
is
available through your Buick dealer.
You may also choose a non-scrubbing action, wet-type
cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean
the tape head. This type of cleaning cassette will not
eject. It may not clean as thoroughly as the scrubbing
type cleaner.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may
degrade over time. Always make sure that the cassette
tape is in good condition before you have your tape
player serviced.
Care of Your Compact Discs
Handle discscarefully. Store them in their original cases
or otherprotective cases and away from direct sunlight
and dust. If the surface of a disc is soiled, dampen a
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and
clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
Be sure never to touch the signal surfacewhen handling
discs. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
t
1 Ma:
The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes
without being damaged. If the mast should ever become
slightly bent, you can straighten it out by hand. If the
mast is badly bent, as it might be by vandals, you should
replace it.
Check every once in a while to be sure the mast is still
tightened to the fender.
Powe: intenna
ast Care
Your power antenna will look its best and work well if
it’s cleaned from time to time. To clean the antenna mast:
1. Turn on the ignition and radio to raise the antenna.
2. Dampen a clean cloth with mineral spirits or
equivalent solvent.
3. Wipe the cloth over the mast sections, removing
any dirt.
I NOTICE:
Don’t lubricate thepower antenna. Lubrication
could damage it.
NOTICE:
Before entering an automatic car wash, turn off
your radio to make the power antenna go down.
This will prevent the mast from possibly getting
damaged. If the antennadoes not go down when
you turn the radiooff, it may be damaged or
need to be cleaned. In either case, lower the
antenna by hand by carefully pressing the
antenna down.
4. Wipe dry with a clean cloth.
5. Make the antenna go up and down by turning the
radio or ignition off and on.
6. Repeat if necessary.
3-26
If the mast portion of your antenna is damaged, you can
easily replace it. See your dealer for a replacement kit
and follow the instructions in the kit.
NOTES
NOTES
Section 4 Your Driving and the Road
Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone can give about driving is:
Drive defensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in your
Buick: Buckle up. (See “Safety Belts” in the Index.)
Defensive driving really means “be ready for anything.”
On city streets, rural roads or freeways, it means
“always expect theunexpected.”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going
to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Be ready for their mistakes.
Here you’ll find information about driving on different
kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions.We’ve
also included many other useful tips on driving.
Rear-end collisions are aboutthe most preventable
of accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
following distance.It’s the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city and rural driving. You never
know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake
or turn suddenly.
4-1
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is
a national tragedy. It’s the number one contributor to
the highway death toll, claimingthousands of victims
every year.
The obvious way to solve this highway safety problem
is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive. But
what if people do? How much is “too much” if the
driver plans to drive? It’s a lot less than many might
think. Although it depends on each person and situation,
here is some general information on the problem.
Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive
a vehicle:
The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of someone
who is drinking depends upon four things:
Drunken Driving
Judgment
0
The amount of alcohol consumed
Muscular Coordination
0
The drinker’s body weight
Vision
0
The amount of food that is consumed before and
during drinking
Attentiveness.
Police records show that almost half of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. In most cases,
these deaths are the result of someone whowas drinking
and driving. In recent years, some 18,000 annual motor
vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use
of alcohol, with more than 300,000 people injured.
Many adults -- by some estimates,nearly half the adult
population -- choose never to drink alcohol, so they
never drive afterdrinking. For persons under 21, it’s
against the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol.
There aregood medical, psychological and
developmental reasons for these laws.
4-2
The length of time it has taken the drinker to
consume the alcohol.
According to the American Medical Association, a
180-lb. (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce
(355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a
BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses
of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1- 1/2 ounces
(45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin or vodka.
Since aicohol is carried in body water, this means that a
woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a
man of her same body weight when each has the same
number of drinks.
The law in many U.S. states sets the legal limit at a BAC
of 0.10 percent. In a growing number of U.S. states, and
throughout Canada, the limit is 0.08 percent. In some
other countries, it’s even lower. The BAC limitfor all
commercial drivers in the United States is 0.04 percent.
The BAC will be over 0.10 percent after three to six
drinks (in one hour).Of course, as we’ve seen, it
depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks, and how
quickly the person drinks them.
It’s the amount of alcohol that counts. For example, if
the same person drank three double martinis (3 ounces
or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour, the person’s
BAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A person who
consumes foodjust before or during drinkingwill have
a somewhat lower BAC level.
There is a gender difference, too. Women generally have
a lower relative percentageof body water than men.
But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC
of 0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills
of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching
0.05 percent, and that the effects are worseat night. All
drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0.05 percent.
Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision
increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of
0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC level of
0.06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a
collision. At a BAC level of 0.10 percent, the chance of
this driver having a collision is 12 times greater; at a
level of 0.15 percent, the chance is 25 times greater!
4-3
The body takes about an hour torid itself of the alcohol
in one drink. No amount of coffee or number of cold
showers will speed that up. “I’ll be careful” isn’t the
right answer. What if there’s an emergency, a need to
take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street?
A person with even a moderateBAC might not be able
to react quickly enough to avoid the collision.
There’s something else about drinlung and driving that
many people don’t know. Medical research shows that
alcohol in a person’s system can make crash injuries
worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cord or
heart. This means that when anyone who has been
drinking -- driver or passenger -- is in a crash,that
person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled
is higher than if the person had not been drinking.
Drinking and then drivingis very dangerous.
Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness and
judgment can be affected by even a small amount
of alcohol. You can have a serious or even
fatal collision if you drive after drinking.
Please don’t drink anddrive or ride with a driver
who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or
if you’re with a group, designate a driver who
will not drink.
--
--
Braking
Control of a Vehicle
YOUhave three systems that make,your vehicle go where Braking action involves
perception time and
you want it to go. They are the brakes, the steering and
reaction time.
the accelerator, All three systems have do
to their work
First, you have to decide push
to on the brake pedal.
the road.
at the places where the tires meet
up your
That’s perception time. Then you have to bring
foot and doit. That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second. But
that’s only an average. It might be lesswith one driver
or three seconds or more with
and as long as two
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination
and eyesight allplay a part. So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But even in3/4 of a second, a vehicle
moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m).
That couldbe a lot of distance in anemergency, so
keeping enough space between your vehicle and others
is important.
And, of course, actual stopping distances
vary greatly
with the surfaceof the road (whetherit’s pavement or
gravel); the conditionof the road (wet,dry, icy); tire
tread; and the condition
of your brakes.
Sometimes, as when you’re driving on
snow or ice,it’s
easy to ask moreof those control systemsthan the tires
and road can provide. That means
you can lose control
of your vehicle.
4-5
\
Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive in
spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy
braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic. This is a
mistake. Your brakes may not have time to cool between
hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much faster if you
do a lot of heavy bralung. If you keep pace with the
traffic and allow realistic following distances,you will
eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That means
better braking and longer brake life.
If your engine ever stopswhile you’re driving, brake
normally but don’t pump your brakes. If you do, the
pedal may get harder topush down. If your engine
stops, you will still have some power brake assist. But
you will use it when you brake. Once the power assist is
used up, it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal
will be harder to push.
Anti-Lock Brakes
Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes (ABS). ABS is an
advanced electronic braking system that will help
prevent a braking skid.
When you start your engine, or when you begin to drive
away, your anti-lock brake system will check itself. You
may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while
this test is going on, and you may even notice that your
brake pedal moves a little. This is normal.
If there’s a problem with the
anti-lock brake system, this
warning light will stay on
or flash. See “Anti-Lock
Brake SystemWarning
Light” in the Index.
The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure faster
than any driver could.The computer is programmed to
make the most of available tire and road conditions.
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road is wet.
You’re driving safely. Suddenly an animal jumps out in
front of you.
I
You slam on the brakes. Here’s what happens with ABS.
You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
A computer senses that wheels are slowing down.If one
of the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will
separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at the
rear wheels.
As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates on
wheel speed and controls brakingpressure accordingly.
Braking in Emergencies
Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the time you need
to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in
front of you, you won’t have time to apply your brakes
if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave
enough room up ahead to stop, eventhough you have
anti-lock brakes.
Use your anti-lock braking system when you need to.
With anti-lock, you can steer and brake at the same
time. In many emergencies, steering can help you more
than even the very best braking.
Using Anti-Lock
Power Steering
Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down
and let anti-lock work for you. You may feel the system
working, or you may noticesome noise, but this is normal.
If you lose power steering assist because the engine
stops or the system is not functioning, you can steer but
it will take much more effort.
When your anti-lock system
is adjusting brake pressure
to help avoid a braking skid,
this light will come on. See
“Anti-Lock Brake System
Active Light” in the Index.
Variable Assist Steering (Option)
This steering system provides lighter steering effort for
parking and when driving at low speeds. Steering effort
will increase at higher speeds for improved road feel.
LOW
TRAC
Steering
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on
the news happen on curves. Here’s why:
Experienced driver orbeginner, each of us is subject to
the same laws of physics when driving on curves. The
traction of the tires against theroad surface makes it
possible for the vehicle to change
its path when you turn
the front wheels.If there’s no traction, inertiawill keep
the vehicle goingin the same direction.If you’ve ever
tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, you’ll understand this.
The traction you can get in a curve depends on the
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angle at
which the curve is banked, and your speed. While you’re
in a curve, speed is theone factor you can control.
Suppose you’re steering througha sharp curve. Then you
suddenly accelerate. Both control systems-- steering
and acceleration -- have to do their work where the tires
meet the road. Addingthe sudden acceleration can demand
too much of those places.You can lose control.
What should you do if this ever happens? Easeup on the
accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the way you want it
to go, and slow down.
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should
adjust your speed.Of course, theposted speeds are
based on good weather and road conditions. Under less
favorable conditions you’llwant to go slower.
If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a
curve, do it before you enter the curve, while your front
wheels are straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speed so you can “drive” through
the curve. Maintaina reasonable, steady speed. Wait
to accelerate until you are out of the curve, and then
accelerate gently into the straightaway.
’Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering can bemore effective than
braking. For example, you come over a hill and find a
truck stopped in your lane,or a car suddenly pulls out
from nowhere, or a child darts out from between parked
cars and stops right in front of you.
You can avoid these
problems by braking -- if you can stop in time. But
sometimes you can’t; there isn’t room. That’s the time
for evasive action -- steering around the problem.
Your Buick can perform very well in emergencies like
these. First apply your brakes. (See “Braking in
Emergencies” earlier in this section.) It is better to
remove as much speed as you can from a possible
collision. Then steer around the problem, to the left
or right depending onthe space available.
Off-Road Recovery
You may find sometime that your right wheels have
dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while
you’re driving.
An emergency like thisrequires close attention and a
quick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel at
the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions, you can
turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand.But you have to actfast, steer quickly, and
just asquickly straighten the wheel o,nceyou have
avoided the object.
The fact thatsuch emergency situations are always
possible is a good reason to practicedefensive driving at
all timesand wear safety belts properly.
4-10
If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Easeoff the
accelerator and then,if there is nothingin the way, steer so
that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement.You
can turn the steering wheel up to one-quarter turn until the
right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then turn your
steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.
”‘b
0
Do not get too closeto the vehicle you want to pass
while you’re awaiting an opportunity. For one thing,
following too closely reduces your area of vision,
especially if you’re following alarger vehicle. Also,
you won’t have adequate spaceif the vehicle
ahead suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a
reasonable distance.
0
When it looks like a chance topass is coming up,
start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and don’t
get too close. Time yourmove so you will be
increasing speed as the time comes to move into the
other lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will have a
“running start” that more than makes up for the
distance you would lose by dropping back. And if
something happens to causeyou to cancel your pass,
you need only slow down and dropback again and
wait for anotheropportunity.
0
If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait
your turn. But take care that someone isn’t trying to
pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
Remember to glance overyour shoulder and check
the blind spot.
The driver of a vehicle aboutto pass another on a
two-lane highway waits forjust the right moment,
accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead, then goes
back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver?
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on
a two-lane
highway is a potentially dangerous move, sincethe
passing vehicle occupies the same lane
as oncoming
traffic for several seconds.A miscalculation, an errorin
judgment, or abrief surrender to frustration or anger can
suddenly putthe passing driver face to face with the
worst of all traffic accidents -- the head-on collision.
So here are sometips for passing:
0
0
“Drive ahead.’’ Look down the road, to the sides and to
crossroads for situations that might affect your passing
patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever about
making a successful pass, wait fora better time.
Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings and lines.
If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicatea
turn or an intersection, delay your pass.A broken
center line usually indicatesit’s all right to pass
(providing the road ahead is clear). Never
cross a solid
line on your side of the lane ora double solid line,
even if the road seems emptyof approaching traffic.
Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and
start your left lane change signal before moving out
of the right lane to pass. When you are farenough
ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your
inside mirror, activate yourright lane change signal
and move back into the right lane. (Remember that
your right outside mirror is convex. Thevehicle you
just passed may seem to be farther away from you
than it really is.)
Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on
two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the
next vehicle.
Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.
Even though the brake lamps are not flashing, it may
be slowing down or starting to turn.
If you’re being passed, make it easy for the
following driver to get ahead of you. Perhaps you
can ease alittle to the right.
4- 12
Loss of Control
Let’s review what driving experts say about what
happens when the three control systems (brakes, steering
and acceleration) don’thave enough friction where the
tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep trying to steer and
constantly seek an escape routeor area of less danger.
Skidding
In a skid, a driver can lose control of the vehicle.
Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable
care suited to existing conditions, andby not “overdriving”
those conditions. But skids are always possible.
The three types of skids correspond to your Buick’s
three control systems. In the braking skid, your wheels
aren’t rolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too
much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. And in the acceleration skid, too
much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.
A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best
handled by easing your footoff the accelerator pedal.
DrivinP at Night
If your vehicle starts to slide, easeyour foot off the
accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the
vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your
vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a
second skid if it occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow, ice,
gravel or other material is on the road. For safety, you’ll
want to slow down and adjust your drivingto these
conditions. It is important to slow down onslippery
surfaces because stopping distancewill be longer and
vehicle control more limited.
While driving on a surface with reduced traction, try
your best to avoid sudden steering,acceleration or
braking (including engine braking by shifting to a lower
gear). Any sudden changes could causethe tires to slide.
You may not realize the surface is slipperyuntil your
vehicle is skidding. Learn to recognize warning
clues -- such as enough water, ice or packed snow on
the road to make a “mirrored surface” -- and slow down
when you have any doubt.
Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps
avoid only the braking skid.
Night driving is more dangerous than day driving.
One reason is that some drivers are likely to be
impaired -- by alcohol or drugs, with night vision
problems, or by fatigue.
Here are some tips on night driving.
0
Drive defensively.
0
Don’t drink and drive.
0
Adjust your insiderearview mirror to reduce the
glare from headlamps behind you.
0
Since you can’t see as well, you may need to slow
down and keep more spacebetween you and other
vehicles.
0
Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your
headlamps can light up only so much road ahead.
0
In remote areas, watch for animals.
0
If you’re tired, pull off the road in a safeplace
and rest.
lrision
No one can seeas well at night as in the daytime. But as
we get older these differences increase. A 50-year-old
driver may require at least twice as much light to seethe
same thing at night as a 20-year-old.
What you do in the daytime can also affect your night
vision. For example, if you spend the day in bright
sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Your eyes will
have less trouble adjusting to night. But if you’re
driving, don’twear sunglasses at night. They may cut
down on glare from headlamps, but they also make a
lot of things invisible.
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching
headlamps. It can take a second or two, or even several
seconds, for your eyes toreadjust to the dark. When
you are faced with severe glare (as from a driver who
doesn’t lower the high beams, or a vehicle with
misaimed headlamps), slow down a little. Avoid
staring directly into the approaching headlamps.
Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare atnight is made much
worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the glass
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
lights dazzle and flash morethan clean glass would,
making the pupils of your eyescontract repeatedly.
Remember that your headlamps light up far lessof a
roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your
eyes moving; that way, it’s easier topick out dimly
lighted objects. Just as yourheadlamps should be
checked regularly for proper aim, so should your eyes
be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
blindness -- the inability to see in dim light -- and
aren’t even aware of it.
Driving in Rain and on Wet Road9
Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wet
road, you can’t stop, accelerate orturn as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn’t as good as on dry roads.
And, if your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll get
even less traction. It’s always wise to go slowerand be
cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving. The
surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.
The heavier the rain, the harder it is to see. Even if your
windshield wiper blades are ingood shape, a heavy rain
can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edge of the road and even
people walking.
It’s wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape
and keep your windshield washer tank filled. Replace
your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of
streaking or missing areas on the windshield, or when
strips of rubber start to separate fromthe inserts.
Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won’t work
well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one
side. You could lose controlof the vehicle.
of water or
After driving through a large puddle
a carwash, apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakes work normally.
Hydroplaning
Driving too fast through large water puddles or even
going through some car washes can cause problems, too.
The water may affect your brakes. Try to avoid puddles.
But if you can’t, try to slow down before you hit them.
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually ride on the water.
This can happen if the road is wet enough and you’re
going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,
it has little or no contact with the road.
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it can if your
tires haven’t much tread or if the pressure in one or
more is low. It can happen if a lot of water is standing on
the road. If you can see reflections from trees, telephone
poles or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the
water’s surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There
just isn’t a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The
best advice is to slow down when it is raining.
Driving Through Dc
Inding W
J
NOTICE:
If you drivetoo quickly throughdeep puddles or
standing water, watercan come in through your
engine’s air intake and badly damage your
engine. Never drive through water that is slightly
lower than the underbody
of your vehicle.If you
can’t avoid deep puddlesor standing water, drive
through them very slowly.
iome Other Rainy Weather Tips
0
Turn on your low-beam headlamps -- not just
your parking lamps -- to help make you more visible
to others.
0
Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
distance. And be especially careful when you pass
another vehicle. Allow yourself more clear room
ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted
by road spray.
0
Have good tires with proper tread depth. (See
“Tires” in the Index.)
One of the biggest problems with city streets is the
amount of traffic on them. You’ll want to watch out for
what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to
traffic signals.
Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:
0
Know the best way to get to where you are going. Get
of
a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part
the city just as you would for a cross-country trip.
Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most
large cities. You’ll save time and energy. (See the
next part, “Freeway Driving.”)
Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic light
is there because the corner is busy enough
to need it.
When a light turns green, andjust before you start
to move, check both ways for vehicles that have not
cleared the intersection or may be running the red light.
Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways,
expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safest
of all roads. But they have their own special rules.
4-18
The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep
up with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the same
speed most of the other drivers are driving.Too-fast or
too-slow driving breaks a smoothtraffic flow. Treat the
left lane on a freeway as a passinglane.
When you want to leave the freeway, move to the proper
lane well in advance. If you miss your exit, do not,
under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive on to
the next exit.
The exit ramp canbe curved, sometimes quitesharply.
At the entrance, there is usually a ramp that leads to the
freeway. If you have a clearview of the freeway as you
drive along the entrance ramp,you should begin to
check traffic. Try to determine whereyou expect to
blend with the flow. Try to merge intothe gap at close to
the prevailing speed. Switch on your turn signal, check
your mirrors and glance over your shoulderas often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
The exit speed is usually posted.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to the
posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it’s slower. Stay
in the right lane unless you want to pass.
Make sure you’reready. Try to be well rested. If you
must start when you’re not fresh -- such as after a day’s
work -- don’t plan to make too many miles that first part
of the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and shoes
you
can easily drive in.
Before changing lanes, checkyour mirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over your
shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehiclein your
“blind” spot.
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you
allow a reasonable following distance.Expect to move
slightly slower at night.
Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not
to your sense of motion. After driving for any distance
at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going
slower than you actually are.
Before Leaving on a -
l - - b
_ _ -1-
Is your vehicle ready for a long trip?
If you keep it
serviced and maintained, it’s ready to go. If it needs
service, have it done before starting
out. Of course,
you’ll find experienced and able service expertsin
Buick dealerships allacross North America. They’llbe
ready and willing to help if you need it.
Here are some things you can check before a trip:
0
Windsh.ield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Are
all windows clean inside and outside?
0
Wiper Blades:Are they in good shape?
0
Fuel, Engine Oil, OtherFluids: Have you checked
all levels?
0
Lamps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean?
0
Tires: They are vitally important to a safe,
trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enough for
long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to the
recommended pressure?
0
0
Weather Forecasts: What’s the weather outlook
along your route? Should you delay your trip a short
time to avoid a major storm system?
Highway Hypnosis
Is there actually such a condition as “highway hypnosis”?
Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel? Callit
highway hypnosis, lack of awareness, or whatever.
There is something about an easy stretchof road with the
on the road,
same scenery, along with the hum of the tires
the drone of the engine, and the rush of the wind against
the vehicle that can makeyou sleepy. Don’t let it happen
to you! If it does, your vehicle can leave the road inless
than a second, and you could crash and be injured.
What can you do about highway hypnosis? First, be
aware that it can happen.
Then here are some tips:
0
Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with a
comfortably cool interior.
0
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead and to
the sides. Check your rearview mirrors and your
instruments frequently.
0
If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest, service
or parking area and take a nap, get some exercise, or
both. For safety, treat drowsiness on the highway as
an emergency.
Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
4-20
Hill andMountainRoads
If you drive
regularly
steep
in
country, or if you’re
planning to visit there, here
are some tips that can make
4-21
Coasting downhill inNEUTRAL (N) or with the
ignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will have to
do all the work of slowing down. They could getso
hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would then
have poor braking or even none going downa hill.
You could crash. Always haveyour engine running
and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill.
0
Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down
to a lower gear. The lower gears help coolyour engine
and transaxle, and you can climb the hill better.
Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane
roads in hills or mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut
across the center of the road. Drive at speeds that let
you stay in your own lane.
As you go over the top of a hill, be alert. There could be
something in your lane, like a stalled car or an accident.
You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of
special problems. Examplesare long grades, passing or
no-passing zones, a falling rocks area or winding
roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Here are sometips for winter driving:
Have your Buick in good shape for winter.
You may want to put winter emergency supplies in
your trunk.
Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply
of windshield washer fluid, a rag, somewinter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, ared cloth and a
couple of reflective warning triangles. And, if you will
be driving under severe conditions, include asmall bag
of sand, a piece of old carpet or a coupleof burlap bags
to help provide traction. Be sure you properly secure
these items in your vehicle.
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the
road probably have good traction.
However, if there is snow or ice between your tires and the
road, you can have a very slippery situation. You’ll havea
lot less traction or “grip” and will need to bevery careful.
least traction of all. You can get wet ice when it’s about
freezing (32°F; 0°C) and freezing rain begins to fall.
Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews
can get there.
Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing
or loose snow -- drive with caution. Accelerate gently.
Try not to break the fragile traction. If you accelerate
too fast, the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface
under the tires even more.
Your anti-lock brakes improve your vehicle’s stability
when you make a hard stop on a slippery road. Even
though you have the anti-lock bralung system, you’ll
want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry
pavement. See “Anti-Lock” in the Index.
What’s the worst time for this? “Wet ice.” Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on. But wet
ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the
0
Allow greater following distance on any slippery road.
0
Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine
until you hit a spot that’s covered with ice. On an
otherwise clearroad, ice patches may appear in
shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around
clumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.
Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may
remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. If
you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you
are on it. Try not to brake while you’re actually on
the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police
that
you’ve been stoppedby the snow.
If You’re Caught ina Blizzard
I
0
Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.
If you have no blanketsor extra clothing,make body
insulators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor
mats -- anything you canwrap around yourself or
tuck under your clothing to keep
warm.
If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could bein a
serious situation.You should probably stay with your
vehicle unlessyou know for sure thatyou are near help
and you can hike through thesnow. Here are some
things todo to summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe:
Turn on your hazard flashers.
You can run the engineto keep warm, but be careful.
4-25
Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle.
This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas
to get inside.C O could overcome you and kill
you. You can’t see it or smell it, so you might not
know it is inyour vehicle. Clear away snow from
around thebase of your vehicle, especiallyany
that is blocking your exhaust pipe. And check
around again from time to time to be sure snow
doesn’t collect there.
Open a window just a little on the side of the
vehicle that’s away from the wind. This will help
keep CO out.
Run your engine only as long as you must. T h s saves
fuel. When you run the engine, make it go little
a faster
than just idle. Thatis, push the accelerator slightly. This
uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the
battery charged. You will need a well-charged battery to
restart the vehicle, and possibly for signaling later on
with your headlamps. Let the heaterrun for awhile.
Then, shut the engine off and close the window almost
all the way to preserve the heat. Start the engine again
and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable
from the cold. But do it as little aspossible. Preserve the
fuel aslong as you can. To help keep warm, you can get
out of the vehicle and do somefairly vigorous exercises
every half hour or so until help comes.
TIRE-LOADING INFORMATION
OCCUPANTS
VEHICLE CAP. WT.
RR.
TOTAL LBS.
FRT.
CTR.
KG
MAX. LOADING & GVWR SAME AS VEHICLE
CAPACITY
WEIGHT
XXX
COLD TIRE
PRESSURE
SPEED
TIRE SIZE
RTG
PSliKPa
FRT.
RR.
SPA.
IF TIRES ARE HOT, ADD 4PSIi28KPa
SEE OWNER‘S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL
. INFORMATION
Two labels on your vehicle show howmuch weight it
may properly carry. The Tire-Loading Information label
is inside the trunk lid. The label tells you the proper size,
speed rating and recommended inflation pressures for
the tires on your vehicle. It also gives you important
information about the number of people that can be in
your vehicle and the total weight you can carry. This
weight is called the vehicle capacity weightand includes
the weight of all occupants, cargoand all
nonfactory-installed options.
MFDBYGENERALMOTORSCORP
DATE
GVWR
GAWR FRT GAWR RR
THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U.S. FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE
SAFETY, BUMPER, AND THEFT PREVENTION
STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF
MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE.
The other labelis the Certification label, foundon the
rear edge of the driver’s door. It tells you the gross
weight capacity of your vehicle, called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes
the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
Never exceed the GVWR for yourvehicle or the
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for either the
front or rear axle.
If you do have a heavy load, spread it out. Don’t carry
more than 167 ibs. (75 kg) in your trunk.
4-27
Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the
GVWR, or either themaximum front or rear
GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can
break, or it can change the way your vehicle
handles. These could cause you to lose control.
Also, overloading can shorten thelife of
your vehicle.
NOTICE:
Your warranty does not cover parts or
components that fail because of overloading.
If you put things inside your vehicle -- like suitcases,
tools, packages or anything else -- they will go as fast as
the vehicle goes. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or
if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.
4-28
Things you put inside your vehicle can strike
and injurepeople in a sudden stopor turn, or
in a crash.
Put things in the trunk of your vehicle. In a
trunk, putthem as far forward asyou can.
Try to spread theweight evenly.
0 Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that some of them are
above the tops of the seats.
Don’t leave an unsecured child restraint in
your vehicle.
When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
Towing a Trailer
NOTICE:
A CAUTION:
If you don’t use the correct equipmentand drive
properly, you can lose control when youpull a
trailer. For example, if the traileris too heavy, the
brakes may not work well or even at all. You
and your passengers could be seriously injured.
Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the
steps in thissection. Ask your Buick dealer for
advice and information abouttowing a trailer
with your vehicle.
--
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your
vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by
your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow
the advice in thispart, andsee your Buick dealer
for importantinformation about towing a trailer
with your vehicle.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify what the
vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in “Weight of the Trailer”
that appears later in this section. But trailering is
different than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and
fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct
equipment, and it has to be used properly.
4-29
That’s the reason for this part. In it are many
time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important foryour safety and that of
your passengers. So please read this section carefully
before you pull a trailer.
e Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km) that you
Load-pulling components such as the engine, transaxle,
wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder
against the drag of the added weight. The engine is
required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under
greater loads, generating extra heat. What’s more, the
trailer adds considerably to wind resistance, increasing
the pulling requirements.
0
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If you do, here are some importantpoints:
There are many different laws, including speed limit
restrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sure
your rig will be legal, not only where you live but
also where you’ll be driving. A good source forthis
information can be state or provincial police.
0
Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitch
dealer aboutsway controls.
Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 1,000 miles
(1 600 km) your new vehicle is driven. Your engine,
axle orother parts could be damaged.
4-30
tow a trailer, don’t drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) and
don’t make starts at full throttle. This helps your
engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the
heavier loads.
Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer.
Don’t drivefaster than the maximum posted speed
for trailers (or no more than 55 mph (90 km/h)) to
save wear on your vehicle’s parts.
Three important considerations have to do with weight:
the weight of the trailer,
the weight of the trailer tongue
and the total weight on your vehicle’s tires.
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
It should never weigh more than 1,000 lbs. (450 kg),
unless you have the 2,000-lb. (900 kg) trailer towing
option package. But even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use your rig. For
example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside
temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a
trailer are all important. And, it can also depend on any
special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
You can ask your dealer for our traileringinformation or
advice, or you can write us at:
Buick Motor Division
Customer Assistance Center
902 E. Hamilton Avenue
Flint, MI 48550
In Canada, write to:
General Motorsof Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1 H 8P7
B
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is an important
weight to measure becauseit affects the total capacity
weight of your vehicle. The capacity weightincludes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may carry in
it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. And
if you will tow a trailer, you must subtract the tongue
load from your vehicle’s capacity weight because your
vehicle will be carrying that weight, too. See “Loading
Your Vehicle” in the Index for more information about
your vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
If you’re using a weight-carrying hitch, the trailer
tongue (A) should weigh 10% of the total loaded trailer
weight (B). If you have a weight-distributing hitch, the
trailer tongue (A) should weigh 12% of the total loaded
trailer weight (B).
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and
then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be able to get them right
simply by moving some items around in the trailer.
4-31
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Safety Chains
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the
recommended pressure for cold tires. You’ll find these
numbers on the Tire-Loading Information label (found
inside the trunk lid)or see “Loading Your Vehicle” in the
Index. Then be sure you don’tgo over the GVW limit for
your vehicle, including the weightof the trailer tongue.
You should always attach chains between your vehicle
and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road
if it becomes separated from the hitch. Instructions
about safety chains may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety
chains and do not attach them to the bumper. Always
leave justenough slack so you can turn with your rig.
And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
Hitches
It’s important to have the correcthitch equipment.
Crosswinds, large trucks going by and rough roads are a
few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here are
some rules to follow:
0
Will you have to make any holes in the body of your
vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do,
then be sure to seal theholes later when you remove
the hitch. If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get into your
vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide” in the Index). Dirt
and water can, too.
0
The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended
for hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a
frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to
the bumper.
4-32
Trailer Brakes
If your trailer weighs more than 1,000 lbs. (450 kg)
loaded, then it needs its own brakes -- and they must be
adequate. Be sure toread and follow the instructions for
the trailer brakes so you’ll be able to install, adjust and
maintain them properly. Because you have anti-lock
brakes, do not try to tap into your vehicle’s brake
system. If you do, both brake systems won’t work well,
or at all.
Driving with a Trailer
Following Distance
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. Stay
at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you
Before setting out for the open road, you’ll want to get
would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking
to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the feel of
handling and braking with the addedweight of the
and sudden turns.
trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are
Passing
driving isnow a good deal longer and not nearly as
responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform
you’re towing a trailer. And, because you’re a good deal
(andattachments),safetychains,electricalconnector,
longer, you’ll need to go much farther beyond the
lamps, tires and mirror adjustment. If thetrailer has
passed vehiclebefore you can return to your lane.
electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and
Backing Up
then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure
the brakes are working. This lets you check your
Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand.
electrical connection atthe same time.
Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move that hand
to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your
During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the
hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if
load is secure, and that the lamps and any trailer brakes
possible, have someone guide you.
are still working.
-
4-33
~~
~
~~~
~
~
~~~~
~
~
_
~
_
_
Making mrns
NOTICE:
I
Making very sharp turns while trailering could
cause the trailer to come
in contact with the
vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged.
Avoid
making very sharp turns while trailering.
When you’re turning witha trailer, make widerturns than
normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders,
curbs, road signs, treesor other objects. Avoid jerky or
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance.
nrn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle may need a
different turn signal flasherand/or extra wiring. Check
with your Buickdealer. The green arrows on your
instrument pariel will flash whenever you signal a turn
or lanechange. Properly hooked up,the trailer lamps
will also flash,telling other drivers you’re about toturn,
change lanes or stop.
~
~
~
~
~~~
~
~~~
~
When towing a trailer, the green arrows onyour
instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on
the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signal when they are not. It’s
important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer
bulbs are still working.
Driving On Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start
down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your brakes so much
that they would get hot and no longer work well.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your
speed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the
possibility of engine and transaxle overheating.
If you are towing a trailer that weighs more than
1,000 lbs. (450 kg), you may prefer to drive in
THIRD (3) instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (a)
(or, as you need to, a lower gear).
Parking on Hills
You really should not park your vehicle, with a trailer
attached, on a hill. If something goes wrong, your rig
could start tomove. People can be injured, and both
your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged.
When You Are Ready to Leave After
Parking on a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down
while you:
Start your engine;
But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill, here’s
how to do it:
Shift into a gear; and
0
Release the parking brake.
1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shift into
PARK (P) yet.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the
regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then apply your parking
brake, and then shift to PARK (P).
5. Release the regular brakes.
Maintenance WhenTrailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re
pulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedulefor more
on this. Things thatare especially important in trailer
operation are automatic transaxle fluid (don’t overfill),
engine oil, belt, cooling system and brake adjustment.
Each of these is covered in this manual, and the Index will
help you find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s a good
idea to review these sections before you start your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts
are tight.
4-35
NOTES
4-36
Section 5 Problems on the Road
Here you’ll find what to do about some problemsthat
can occur on the road.
Hazard Warning Flashers
Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others. They
also let police know you have a problem. Your front and
rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off.
Press the switch to make
your front and rear turn
signal lamps flash on and
off. Your hazard warning
flashers work no matter
what position your key is in,
and even if the key isn’t in.
To turn off the flashers, press the switch again. When
the hazard warning flashers are on, your turn signals
won’t work.
5-1
Other Warning Devices
A CAUTION:
If you carry reflective triangles,you can setone up at
the sideof the road about30.0 feet (100 m) behind
your vehicle.
Jump Starting
If your battery has run‘down,
you may want to use
another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your
Buick. But please followthe steps below to do itsafely.
I NOTICE:
Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage
to your vehicle that wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Trying to start your Buick by pushing
or pulling it won’t work, and it could damage
your vehicle.
I
Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous
because:
They contain acid that can burn you.
They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
They contain enough electricityto burn you.
If you don’t follow thesesteps exactly, someor
all of these things can hurt you.
1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt
battery with a negative ground system.
~OTICE:
If the othersystem isn’t a 12-volt system witha
negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged.
5-2
4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries.
2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables
can reach, but be sure the vehiclesaren’t touching
each other. If they are, it could cause a ground
connection you don’t want. You wouldn’t be able to
start your Buick, and the bad grounding could
damage the electrical systems.
An electric fan can start upeven when the engine
is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
You could be injured if the vehicles roll. Set the
parking brake firmly on eachvehicle. Put an
automatic transaxlein PARK (P) or a manual
transaxle in NEUTRAL (N).
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplug
unnecessary accessories plugged intothe cigarette
lighter or accessory power outlet. Turn off all lamps
that aren’t needed as well as radios. Thiswill avoid
sparks and help save both batteries. In addition, it
could save your radio!
I
I NOTICE:
I
5. Find the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on
each battery. Your Buick has a remote positive(+)
jump starting terminal.The terminal is on the same
side of the engine compartmentas your battery. You
should always use the remote positive (+) terminal
instead of the positive (+) terminal on your battery.
To uncover the remote positive (+) terminal, lift the
red plastic cap.
If you leave your radioon, it couldbe badly
damaged. The repairs wouldn’tbe covered by
your warranty.
5-3
A
,
-
Using a match near a battery can cause battery
gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if
you need more light.
Be sure the battery has enough water. You don't
need to add water to theDelco Freedom@battery
installed in every new GM vehicle. But ifa battery
has filler caps, besure the rightamount of fluid is
there. If it is low, add water to take care of that
first. If you don't, explosive gas could be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you.
Don't get it on you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with
water and get medical help immediately.
5-4
I
6. Check that the jumper cables don't have loose or
missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles could be damaged too.
Before you connect the cables, here are somebasic
things you should know. Positive (+) will go to
positive (+) and negative (-) will go to negative (-)
or a metal engine part. Don't connect positive (+) to
negative (-) or you'll get a short that would damage
the battery and maybe otherparts too.
Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you
badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts
once the engines are running.
8. Don’t let the other end
touch metal. Connect
it to the positive (+)
terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
7. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery. Use a
remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one.
9 Now connect the black
negative (-) cable to
the good battery’s
negative (-) terminal.
Don’t let the other end
touch anything until the
next step. The other end
of the negative cable
duesn ’t go to the
dead battery.
It goes to a heavy, unpainted, metal part on the engine of
the vehicle with the dead battery.
13. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent
electrical shorting. Take care that they don’t touch
each other or any other metal.
IC+
10. Attach the cable at least 18 inches (45 cm) away
from the dead battery, but not near engine parts that
move. The electrical connection is just as good
there, but the chance of sparks getting back to the
battery is much less.
11. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run
the engine for a while.
12. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery.If it
won’t start aftera few tries, it probably needs service.
5-6
A. Heavy Metal Engine Part
B. Good Battery
C. Dead Battery
Tawing Your Vehicle
Try to have a GM dealer or a professional towing
service tow your vehicle.
When the towing service arrives, let the tow operator
know that this manual contains detailed towing
instructions and illustrations. The operatormay want
to see them.
If your vehicle has been changed or modified since it
was factory-new by adding aftermarket itemslike fog
lamps, aero skirting, or special tires and wheels, these
instructions and illustrations may not be correct.
Before you do anything, turn on the hazard
warning flashers.
When you call, tell the towing service:
That your vehicle cannotbe towed from the front or
rear with sling-type equipment.
That your vehicle has front-wheel drive.
0
The make, model and year of your vehicle.
Whether you can still move the shift lever.
0
If there was an accident, what was damaged.
To help avoid injury toyou or others:
0 Never let passengers ride in a vehicle that is
being towed.
Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds.
0 Never tow with damaged parts not fully
secured.
Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by the tow truck.
Always secure the vehicle on each side with
separate safety chains when towing it.
Never use J-hooks. Use T-hooks instead.
*
A
V
When your vehicle is being towed, have the ignition key
turned to the OFF position. The steering wheel should
be clamped in a straight-ahead position, with a clamping
device designed for towing service. Do not use the
vehicle’s steering column lock for this. The transaxle
should be in NEUTRAL (N) and the parking
brake released.
Don’t have your vehicle towed on the drive wheels,
unless you must. If the vehicle must be towed on the
drive wheels, be sure to follow the speed and distance
restrictions later inthis section oryour transaxle will be
damaged. If these limitations must be exceeded, then the
drive wheels have to be supported on a dolly.
A vehicle can fall from a car carrierif it isn’t
adequately secured. This can cause a collision,
serious personal injury andvehicle damage. The
vehicle should be tightly secured with chains or
steel cables before it is transported.
Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,
canvas webbing, etc.) that can be cut by sharp
edges underneath the towed vehicle. Always use
T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. Never use
J-hooks. They will damage drivetrain and
suspension components.
3
Front To!
NOTICE:
Do not tow withsling type equipment or
fascidfog lamp damagewill occur. Use wheel-lift
or car carrier
equipment. Additional ramping
may be requiredfor car carrierequipment.
Use safety chains andwheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over roughsurfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can'occur fromvehicle
to ground or vehicle to wheel-lift equipment. To
help avoiddamage, raise the vehicle until
adequate clearance is obtained between the
ground and/or wheel-lift equipment.
Do not attachwinch cables or J-hooks to
suspension components when usingcar carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooksinserted in the
T-hook slots.
5-9
Attach T-hook chains in
front of the wheels, into the
side slots of the cradle, on
both sides.
These slots are to be used when securing to car
carrier equipment.
Attach a separate safety
chain around the outboard
end of each lower control
arm.
5-10
Rear rowmg
Tow Limits -- 55 mph (90 k h ) , 500 miles (800 k m )
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling-type equipment or the rear
bumper valance will be damaged. Use wheel-lift
or car carrierequipment. Additional ramping
may be required for car carrierequipment. Use
safety chains and wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damagecan occur from vehicle
to ground or vehicle to wheel-lift equipment. To
help avoid damage, install a towing dolly and raise
the vehicle until adequate clearance is obtained
between the ground and/or wheel-lift equipment.
Do not attach winch cables or J-hooks to
suspension components when using car carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooks inserted in
T-hooks slots.
Attach T-hook chains into
slots in the bottom of the
floor pan, just ahead of the
rear wheels, on both sides.
These slots areto be used when securing to car
carrier equipment.
Attach a separate safety
chain around the outboard
end of both lateral arms.
Engine Overheating
YOU will
find a coolanttemperature gage and a warning
light about ahot engine on your instrument panel. See
“Engine Coolant Temperature Gage” and “Engine
Coolant Temperature Warning Light” in the Index.
You also have a LOW COOLANT warning light on
your instrument panel. See “Low Coolant Light” in
the Index.
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
5-12
Steam from an overheated engine can burn you
badly, even if you just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you seeor hear steam coming
from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away
from the vehicle until it cools down. Wait until
there is no sign of steam or coolant before
opening the hood.
If you keep driving when your engine is
overheated, the liquids in itcan catch fire. You
or others could bebadly burned. Stop your
engine if it overheats, and get out of the vehicle
until the engine is cool.
NOTICE:
If your enginecatches fire because youkeep
driving with no coolant, your vehicle can
be
badly damaged. The costly repairs would
not be
covered by your warranty.
If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam,
try this for aminute or so:
I . Turn off your air conditioner.
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan
speed and open the window as necessary.
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to NEUTRAL (N);
otherwise, shift to the highest gear while
driving -- AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@) or
THIRD (3).
If you get the overheat warning but see or hear
no
steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes
the engine can get a little too hot when you:
If you no longer have the overheat warning, you can drive.
Just to be safe, drive slowerfor about 10 minutes. If the
warning doesn’t come back on, you can drive normally.
Climb a long hill on a hot day.
Stop after high-speed driving.
Idle for long periods in traffic.
Tow a trailer.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your
vehicle right away.
If there’s still no sign of steam, you can idle the engine
for two or three minutes while you’re parked, to see
if the warning stops. But then, if you still have the
warning, turn ofSthe engineand get everyone out of
the vehicle until it cools down.
You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service
help right away.
When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood, here’s what
you’ll see:
r R:
3.8L L36 (Code K) Engine
3.1L L82 (Code M) Engine
A. Coolant Recovery Tank
An electric fan under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothingand tools away from
any underhood electric fan.
B. Radiator Pressure Cap
C . Electric Engine Fans
-
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,
don’t do anything else until it cools down.
Heater and radiatorhoses, and other engine
parts, canbe very hot. Don’t touch them. If you
do, you can be burned.
Don’t run the engine if there is a leak. If you run
the engine, it could loseall coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you could be burned.
Get any leak fixed before you drive thevehicle.
I NOTICE:
Engine damage from running your engine
without coolant isn’t covered by your warranty.
The coolant level should be at or above COLD
the
mark. If it
isn’t, you may have a leak in the radiator hoses, heater hoses,
radiator, waterpump or somewhere else in the cooling system.If there seems to be no leak, with the engine on, check to
see if the electric engine fans arerunning. If the engine
is overheating, both fans should be running. If they
aren’t, your vehicle needs service.
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Recovery Tank
NOTICE:
If you haven’t founda problem yet,but the coolant
level isn’t at the COLD mark, add
a 50/50 mixture of
clean water (preferably distilled) and DEX-COOL
(orange-colored, silicate-free) antifreeze at the coolant
recovery tank. (See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for
more information.)
TM
I
Adding only plain water to yourcooling system ‘
can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, can boil beforethe proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’scoolant warning
system isset for the proper
coolant mix. With
plain water or the wrong mix, your engine could
get too hot butyou wouldn’t getthe overheat
warning. Your engine couldcatch fire andyou or
others could beburned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water andDEX-COOL antifreeze.
TM
In cold weather,water canfreeze and crack the
engine, radiator, heatercore and other parts.
.Use the recommended coolant and the proper
coolant mix.
c
--
--
pressure cap even a little they can come out
at high speed. Never turn the capwhen the
cooling system, including the radiator pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and
radiator pressure cap tocool if you ever have to
turn the pressure cap.
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts arehot
enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at the
COLD mark, start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues, there’s one more
thing you can try. You can add the proper coolant mix
directly to the radiator, but be sure the cooling system is
cool before you do it.
I
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling
system can blow out and burnyou badly. They
are underpressure, and if you turn the radiator
CAUTION: (Continued)
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
2. Then keep turning the
pressure cap, butnow
push down asyou
turn it. Remove the
pressure cap.
NOTICE:
h
Your enginehas a specific radiator fill procedure.
Failure tofollow this procedurecould cause your
engine to overheat and be severelydamaged.
1. You can remove the
radiator pressure cap
whenthecooling
‘
system, including the
radiator pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is
no longer hot.Turn the
pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise untilit
first stops. (Don’t press
down while turning the
pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss,wait for that to stop.
A hiss means
there is stillsome pressure left.
5-18
AUTION:
You can be burned if you spill coolant onhot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts arehot
enough. Don’tspill coolant on a hot engine.
3. After the engine cools, open the coolant air bleed
valve or valves.
3.8L V6 (VIN Code K):
There is one bleed valve. It
is located on the thermostat
housing.
3.1L V6 (VIN Code M): There are twobleed valves.
One is located on the thermostat housing. The otheris
located on the thermostat bypass tube.
5-19
Fill the radiator with the
proper mix, up to the
base of the filler neck.
... ".
If you see a streamof
coolant coming froman
air bleed valve, close the
valve. Otherwise, close
the valve(s) after the
radiator is filled.
5. Rinse or wipe any spilled coolant from the
engine compartment.
6. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the
COLD mark.
7. Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank, but
leave the radiator pressure cap off.
5-20
10. Then replace the
pressure cap. At any
time during this
procedure if coolant
begins toflow out of
the filler neck, reinstall
the pressure cap.Be
sure thearrows on the
pressure cap line up
like this.
8. Start the engine and letit rununtil you can feel the
,.upper radiator hose getting hot.
Watch out for the
engine fans.
9. By this time the coolantlevel inside the radiator
filler neckmay be lower. If the levelis lower, add
more of the proper mix through the filler neck until
the level reachesthe base of the fillerneck.
11. Check the coolant in the recovery tank. The level in
the coolant recovery tank should
be at theHOT
mark when the engine is hot or at COLD
the mark
when the engine is cold.
5-21
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
It’s unusual for a tireto “blow out” while you’re driving,
especially if you maintain yourtires properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it’s much more likely to leak outslowly.
But if you should ever have a “blowout,” here
are a few
tips about what to expect and what to do:
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage
by driving slowly to a levelplace. Turn on your hazard
warning flashers.
If a front tire fails, the flat will
tire create adrag that
pulls the vehicle toward that side.Take your footoff the
accelerator pedal and gripthe steering wheel firmly.
Steer to maintain lane position, and
then gently brake to
a stop well out of the traffic lane.
.
A rear blowout, particularlyon a curve,acts much like a
skid and may require the samecorrection you’d use in a
skid. In any rear blowout, remove your foot from the
accelerator pedal. Get thevehicle under control by
steering the way you want the vehicle to go. It may be
very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently
brake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.
If a tire goes flat,
the next part showshow to use your
jacking equipmentto change a flat tire
safely.
5-22
I
Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle
can slip off the jack and
roll over you or other,
people. You and they could be badly injured.
Find a level place to change your tire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put the shift lever in PARK (P).
3. Turn off the engine.
To be evenmore certain thevehicle won’t move,
you can put blocks at the front andrear of the
tire farthestaway from the one being changed.
That would be the tire on the other side of the
vehicle, at the opposite end.
The following steps will tell
you how to use the jackand
change a tire.
Turn thewing nut
counterclockwise and
remove it. Then liftoff
. t h e spacer and remove the
spare tire.
5-23
A
a-
&..;%L
c
Turn the nut holding the jackand wrench
counterclockwise and remove it. Then remove the
jack and wrench.
The tools you’ll be using include the jack (A), wheel
wrench (B) and wheel nut socket (C).
If there is a wheel cover, loosen the plastic nut caps
with the wheel wrench. They won’t come off. Then,
using the flat end of the wheel wrench, pry along the
edge of the wheel cover until it comes off. Be careful;
the edge may be sharp. Don’t try to remove the cover
with your bare hands.
To remove a center cap, use
the wrench to pry gently at
the notch. Don’t use a tool
that is narrower than the
wrench to pry at this notch.
Removing the Flat Tire a]
Spare Tire
LPthe
If your vehicle has wheel
1. Using the wheel wrench, loosen all the wheel nuts.
Don’t remove them yet.
2. Turn the jack handle clockwise to
raise the jack lift
head a few inches.
- 5-25
i
/A
I
NOTICE:
CAUTION:
Getting under avehicle when it is jacked up is
dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack,you
could be badlyinjured orkilled. Never getunder
a vehicle when it is supportedonly by a jack.
I
200 r n m 4 h-
5-26
-d
L 1 3 0 mrn
3. Position the jack under
the vehicle and raise the
jack lift head until it fits
firmly into the notch in
the vehicle’s frame
nearest the flat tire.
Put the compact spare
tire near you.
I
Raising yourvehicle with the jack improperly
positioned will damage thevehicle or may allow
the vehicle to fall off the jack.Be sure tofit the
jack lift head into the proper location before
raising your vehicle.
~
L
6. Remove any rust or dirt
from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and
spare wheel.
A CAUTION:
I
~
4. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle
clockwise. Raise the vehicle far enough off the
ground for the sparetire to fit under the vehicle.
5 . Remove all wheel nuts and take off the flat tire.
Rust or dirt on the wheel, or on the partsto which
it is fastened, can make thewheel nuts become
loose after a time. The wheel could come off and
cause an accident. When you change a wheel,
remove any rust or dirt from the
places where the
wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an emergency, you
can use a cloth or a paper towel to dothis; but be
sure touse a scraper orwire brush later, if you
need to, to get all the rust or dirtoff.
' A CAUTION:
I
Never use oil or grease on studs
or nuts. If you
Your wheel could
do, the nuts might come loose.
fall 'off,causing a serious accident.
7. Replace the wheel nuts
with the rounded endof
the nuts toward the
wheel. Tighten each nut
by hand until the wheel
is held againstthe hub.
8. Lower the vehicleby turning thejack handle
counterclockwise. Lower the
jack completely.
5-28
9. Tighten the wheel nuts
firmly in a crisscross
sequence as shown.
NOTICE:
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead
to
brake pulsation and rotor damage.
To avoid
expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel
nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper
torque specification.
Don‘t try to put the wheel cover on your compact spare
tire. It won’t fit. Store the wheel cover in the trunk until
you have the flat tire repaired or replaced.
I
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened
wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become
loose
and even comeoff. This could lead to an accident.
Be sure to use the correct
wheel nuts. If you have
to replace them, be sure to get
new GM original
equipment wheel nuts.
Stop somewhereas soon as you can and have
the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to
100 lb-ft (140 Nom).
NOTICE:
~~
~
Wheel covers won’t fit on your compact spare.
If you try to puta wheel cover on your compact
spare, you could damage the cover
or the spare.
Storing the Flat Tire and Tools
~~
F<
.&.ye
~
__
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartmentof the vehicle could
cause injury. Ina sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.
After you’ve put the compact spare tire on
your vehicle,
you’ll need to store the flat tire inyour trunk. Use the
following procedure to secure the flat tire in the trunk.
Put the flat tire in the trunk so the side that faces out
when it is onthe vehicle is facing down. Thefull-size
tire will not fit down into the well. Place it so the front is
in the well and the rear is outof the well.
5-30
Put the bolt through one of the wheel nut holes, install
the retainer over the’bolt,then install the wing nut. Put
the spacer and nut next to the tire inthe well. Store the
cover as farforward as possible.
Storing the Spare Tire and Tools
21
Storing ajack, a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartmentof the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop
or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.
+’
I
1. Nut
2. Cover
3. Wing Nut
4. Spacer
5 . Tire
6. Wrench
7. Nut
5
8. Retainer
9. Jack
The compact spareis for temporary use only. Replace
the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you
can. See “Compact Spare Tire”
in the Index. See the
storage instructions label to replace your compact spare
into your trunk properly.
10. Bolt
5-31
Con
1ct 5
Tirt
Although the compact spare tirewas fully inflated
when your vehicle was new, it can lose air after a time.
Check the inflation pressure regularly. It should be
60 psi (420 kPa).
After installing the compact spareon your vehicle, you
should stop as soon as possible and make sure your
spare tire is correctly inflated. The compact spare is
made to perform well at posted speed limits for
distances up to 3,000 miles (5 000 km), so you can
finish your trip and have your full-size tire repaired or
replaced where you want. Of course, it’s best to replace
your spare with a full-size tire as soon as you can. Your
spare will last longer and be in good shape in case you
need it again.
NOTICE:
When the compact spare is installed, don’t take
your vehicle through an automatic car wash
with
guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on
the rails. That can damage the tire and
wheel,
and maybe other parts
of your vehicle.
Don’t use your compact spareon other vehicles.
And don’t mix your compact sparetire or wheel with
other wheels or tires. They won’t fit. Keep your spare
tire and its wheel together.
NOTICE:
Tire chainswon’t fit your compact spare.
Using
them can damage yourvehicle and can damage
the chainstoo. Don’t use tire chainson your
compact spare.
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow
What you don’t want to do when your vehicle is stuck is
to spin your wheels too fast. The method known as
“rocking” can helpyou get out when you’re stuck, but
you must use caution.
NOTICE:
Spinning yourwheels can destroy partsof you%
vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin thewheels
too fastwhile shifting your transaxle back and
forth, you can destroy your transaxle.
For information about using tire chains on your vehicle,
see “Tire Chains” in the Index.
If you let your tires spin at high speed, they can
explode, andyou or others could be injured. And,
the transaxle or other parts
of the vehicle can
overheat. That could cause an engine
compartment fire or other damage. When you’re
stuck, spin the wheels as little as possible. Don’t
spin the wheels above 35 mph (55 km/h) as shown
on the speedometer.
,
L
Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out
First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will
clear the area around your front wheels. Then shift back
and forth between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear,
spinning the wheels as little as possible. Release the
accelerator pedal while you shift, and press lightly on
the accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear. If
that doesn’t get you out after a few tries, you may need
to be towed out. If you do need to be towed out, see
“Towing Your Vehicle” in the Index.
5-33
NOTES
5-34
Section 6 Service and Appearance Care
Here you will find information about the care of your
Buick. This section begins with service and fuel
information, and then it shows how to check important
fluid and lubricant levels. There is also technical
information about your vehicle, and a part devoted to its
appearance care.
Service
Your Buick dealer knows your vehicle
best and wants
you to be happy with it. We hope you’ll go to your
dealer for all your service needs. You’ll get genuine GM
parts and GM-trained and supported service people.
We hope you’ll want to keep your GM vehicle all GM.
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:
Delco
6-1
Doing Your Own Service Work
If you want to do someof your own service work, you’ll
want to getthe proper Buick Service Manual.It tells you
much more about how to service your Buick than this
manual can. To order the proper service manual, see
“Service and Owner Publications” in the Index.
Your vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to
do your own service work, see “Servicing Your Air
Bag-Equipped Buick” inthe Index.
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list
the mileage and the dateof any service work you
perform. See “Maintenance Record” in the Index.
6-2
I
A CAUTION:
You can be injured and yourvehicle couldbe
damaged if you try to do service work on a
vehicle without knowing enough about it.
0 Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,
experience, and the proper replacement
parts andtools before you attempt any
vehicle maintenance task.
0 Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and
other fasteners. “English” and “metric”
fasteners can be easily confused.If you use
the wrong fasteners, parts can later break
or fall off. You could be hurt.
Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at87 octane or higher.
At a minimum, it should meet specifications ASTMD4814
in the United States and CGSB 3.5-M93 in Canada.
Improved gasoline specifications have been developed by
the American Automobile Manufacturers Association
(AAMA) for better vehicle performance and engine
protection. Gasolines meeting the AAMA specification
could provide improved driveability and emission control
system protection compared to other gasolines.
Be sure the posted octane is at least 87. If the octane is
less than 87, you may get a heavy knocking noise when
you drive. If it’s bad enough, it can damage your engine.
If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octane or higherand you
still hear heavy knocking, your engine needs service.
But don’t worry if you hear a little pinging noise when
you’re accelerating or drivingup a hill. That’s normal,
and you don’t have to buy a higher octane fuel to get rid
of pinging. It’s the heavy, constant knock that means
you have a problem.
If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission
Standards (indicated on the underhood tune-up label), it
is designed to operate on fuels that meet California
specifications. If such fuels are not available in states
adopting California emissions standards, your vehicle will
operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal
specifications, but emission control system pexformance
may be affected.The malfunction indicator lamp on your
instrument panel may turn on and/or your vehicle mayfail
a smog-check test. If this occurs, returnto your authorized
Buick dealer for diagnosis to determine the cause of
failure. In the event it is determined that the cause of the
condition is the type of fuels used, repairs may not be
covered by your warranty.
In Canada, some gasolinescontain an octane enhancing
additive called MMT. If you use such fuels, your
emission control system performance may deteriorate
and the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument
panel may turn on. If this happens, return to your
authorized Buick dealer for service.
6-3
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines are now required to
contain additives that will help prevent deposits from
forming in your engine and fuel system, allowing your
emission control system to function properly. Therefore,
you should not have to add anything to the fuel. In
addition, gasolines containing oxygenates, such asethers
and ethanol, and reformulated gasolines may be
available in your area to help clean the air. General
Motors recommends that you use these gasolines if they
comply with the specifications described earlier.
NOTICE:
Your vehicle was not designedfor fuel that
contains methanol. Don’t use it.
It can corrode
metal parts in your fuel system and also damage
plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
be covered under your warranty.
Fuels id Foreign Countries
If you plan on driving in another country outside the
United States or Canada, the proper fuel may be hard to
find. Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not
recommended in the previous text on fuel.Costly repairs
caused by use of improper fuel wouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask an auto club, or
contact a major oil company that does business in the
country where you’ll be driving.
You can also write us at the following address for
advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation,
North American Export Sales (NAES)
1908 Colonel SamDrive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Filling Your Tank
The cap is behind a hinged door the
on left sideof your
vehicle.
While refueling, hang the
door.
cap inside the fuel
To take off the cap, turn it slowly to the left
(counterclockwise).
/?
CAUTION:
i
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable.
It burns
violently, and that can cause very bad injuries.
Don’t smoke if you’re near gasoline or refueling
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
materials away from gasoline.
6-5
CAUTION:
If you get gasolineon yourself and then
something ignites it,you could be badly burned.
Gasoline can spray out on
you if you open the
fuel filler cap too quickly. This spray can happen
if your tank is nearly full, andis more likely in
hot weather. Open the fuel filler cap
slowly and
wait for any “hiss” noise to stop. Then unscrew
the cap all theway.
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Buick” in the Index.
When you put the cap back on, turn it to the right until
you hear at least three clicks. Make sure you fully install
the cap. The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel
cap has been left off or improperly installed. This would
allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. See
“Malfunction Indicator Lamp” in the Index.
NOTICE:
If you need a new cap, be
sure to get the right
type. Your dealer can get one for
you. If you get
the wrong type, it may not or
fit have proper
venting, and your fuel tank and emissions system
might be damaged.
Checking ThingsUnder theHood
A C A U l iON:
An electric fan under the hood can start up and
injure you even when the engineis not running.
Keep hands, clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
Hood Release
/!\ CAUTION:
.. .
Things that burn can
get on hot engine parts and
start afire. These include liquids like gasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer and
or rubber. You or others
other fluids, and plastic
could be burned.Be careful not to drop spill
or
things thatwill burn ontoa hot engine.
To open the hood, first
pull the handle inside
the vehicle.
Then go to the front of the vehicle and release the
secondary hood release. Lift the hood.
6-7
When you open the hood on the 3.1L L82 engine, you'll see:
D
A. Engine Coolant
Recovery Tank
B. Radiator Fill Cap
C. Power Steering Reservoir
D. Engine Oil Fill Cap
E.
F.
G.
H.
Engine Oil Dipstick
Automatic Transaxle Dipstick
Brake Fluid Reservoir
Air Filter
I. Windshield Washer
Fluid Reservoir
J. Battery (located under
Windshield Washer
Fluid Reservoir)
When you open the hood of the 3.8L L36 engine, you’ll see:
r
A. Engine Coolant
Recovery Tank
B. Radiator Fill Cap
C. Power Steering Reservoir
D. Engine Oil Dipstick
It‘
A
E. Engine Oil Fill Cap
F. Automatic Transaxle Dipstick
G. Brake Fluid Reservoir
H. Air Filter
I. Windshield Washer
Fluid Reservoir
J. Battery (located under
Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir)
6-9
Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are
on properly. Then just pull the hood down and close
it firmly.
hgine
LOW OIL
LEVEL
If the LOW OIL LEVEL
light on the instrument
panel comes on, it means
you need to check your
engine oil level right away.
For more information, see
“Low Oil Level Light” in
the Index.
You should check your engine oil level regularly; this is
an added reminder.
It’s a good idea to checkyour engine oilafter you get
fuel. In order to get an accurate reading, the oilmust be
hot and the vehicle must be on level ground.
6-10
3.1L LS2 (Code M) Engine
The engineoil dipstick handle is the yellow loop near
the front of the engine.
Checking Engine Oil
Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or
cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again,
keeping the tip down, and check the level.
When to Add Oil
3.8L L36 (Code K) Engine
Turn off the engine and give the oil 20 minutes to drain
back into the oil pan. If you don’t, the oil dipstick might
not show the actual level.
If the oil is at or below the ADD mark, then you’ll
need to add some oil. But you must use the right
kind. This part explainswhat kind of oil to use. For
crankcase capacity, see “Capacities and Specifications”
in the Index.
NOTICE:
Don’t add too muchoil. If your engine hasso
much oil that the oil levelgets above the
cross-hatched area thatshows the proper
operating range, your engine could be damaged.
6-11
I
What Kind of Oil to Use
Oils recommended foryour vehicle can be identified
by
This symbol
looking for the “Starburst” symbol.
indicates that the oil has
been certified by the American
Petroleum Institute(API). Do not useany oil which
does not carry this Starburst symbol.
3.1L L82 (Code M) Engine
If you changeyour ’own oil,
be sure you use oil that has
the Starburst symbol on the
front of the oil container. If
you have your oil changed
for you, be sure the oil put
into your engine is
American Petroleum
Institute certified for
3.8L L36 (CodeK) Engine
Just fill it enough to put the level somewherein the
proper operating range. Push the dipstick all way
the
back in when you’re through.
You should also use the proper viscosity oil your
for
vehicle, as shown inthe following chart:
i
I
I
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS
FOR BEST FUEL -------ylY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST
SAL VlSCOSlTV bnmws DIL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.
-
LOOK
FOR THIS
SYMBOL
HOT
WEATHER
,
"F
4-
100
+ 801
t 60.
+ 16
+ 40-
i 4
20
-7
t
0.
j
SAE CW-30
PREFERRED
COLD
WEATHER
00 NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
3.1L L82 (Code M) Engine
As shown in the chart, unless you have the 3.8L engine,
SAE 5W-30 is best for your vehicle. However, you can
use SAE low-30 if it's going to be 0°F (-18°C) or
above. These numbers on an oil container show its
viscosity, or thickness. Do not use other viscosity oils,
such as SAE 20W-50.
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS
FOR BEST FUEL r---'--lY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST
,I1 FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.
SAE VISCOSITY -".G
WOK
FOR MIS
SYMBOL
HOT
WEATHER
"C
"F
As shown in the chart, if you nave the 3.8L engine, SAE
low-30 is best for your vehicle. However, you can use
SAE 5W-30 if it's going to be colder than 60°F (16°C)
before your next oil change. When it's very cold, you
should use SAE 5W-30. These numbers on an oil
container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do not use
other viscosity oils, such as SAE 20W-50.
\
NOTICE:
+loo- - +38
+eo-
-
Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
"Starburst" symbol. Failure to use the
recommended oil can result in engine damage not
covered by your warranty.
+27
+60--+16
t40--+4
t20---7
0---18
I
-
SAE 1OW-3fl
PREFERRED
'
/
I
I
SAE 5W-30
above 0°F
(-1eOc)
GM Goodwrench@oil meets all the requirements for
your vehicle.
1
COLD
WEATHER
.ILIVC
Don't add anything to your oil. Your Buick dealer is
ready to advise if you think something should be added.
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER
GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
3.8L L36 (Code K) Engine
When to Change Engine Oil
What to Do with Used Oil
See if any one of these is true for you:
Did you know that used engine oil contains certain
elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could
even cause cancer? Don’t let used oil stay on your skin
for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and
water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw
away clothing or rags containing used engine oil. (See
the manufacturer’s warnings about the useand disposal
of oil products.)
0
Most trips are lessthan 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This is particularly importantwhen outside
temperatures arebelow freezing.
0
Most trips include extensive idling(such as frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
0
Most trips are through dusty areas.
0
You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of
your vehicle.
0
The vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi
or other commercial application.
Driving under these conditions causes engine oil
to
break down sooner. If any one of these is true for
your vehicle, then you need to change your oiland filter
every 3,000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months -- whichever
occurs first.
Used oil can be a real threat to the environment. If you
change your own oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil
from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever disposeof oil
by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodies
of water. Instead,
recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. If
you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil,
ask your dealer, a service station or a local recycling
center for help.
If none of them is true, change the oil and filter every
7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months -- whichever
occurs first. Driving a vehiclewith a fully warmed
engine under highway conditions causes engine oilto
break down slower.
6-15
1
Pull out the filter. Be sure to install the air filter and
install the cover tightly when you are finished.
To check or replace the air filter, remove the four screws
and pull off the cover.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to
replace the air filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
When to Check and Change
Operating the enginewith the air cleaneroff
can cause youor others tobe burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air, it stops flame
if
the engine backfires.If it isn’t there, and the
engine backfires, you could be burned. Don’t
drive with it off, and be careful workingon the
off.
engine with the air cleaner
L
A good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid
level is when the engine oil is changed.
Change both the fluid and filter every 50,000 miles
(83 000 km) if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
0
In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.
In hilly or mountainous ten-ain.
When doing frequent trailer towing.
NOTICE:
Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these
conditions, the fluid and filter do not require changing.
If the air cleaner is off, a backfire can cause a
damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” i n the Index.
into your engine, whichwill damage it. Always
have the air cleaner in place when you’re driving.
6-17
Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transaxle
fluid level if you have been driving:
How to Check
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you may
choose to have this done at your Buick dealer Service
Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the
instructions here, or you could get a false reading on
the dipstick.
NOTICE:
~
1
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
transaxle. Too much can mean that some of the
on hot engine parts
fluid could come out and fall
or exhaust system parts, starting
a fire. Be sure to
get an accurate reading
if you check your
transaxle fluid.
0
When outside temperatures are above 90°F (32°C).
0
At high speed for quite a while.
0
In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
While pulling a trailer.
~
1
I
To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal
operating temperature, which is 180°F to 200°F
(82°C to 93°C).
Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 mues
(24 km) when outside temperatures areabove 50°F
(10°C). If it's colder than 50°F (lO"C), you may
have to drive longer.
Checking the Fluid Level
1. Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep the
engine running.
2. With the parking brake applied, place the shift lever
in PARK (P).
3. With your foot on the brake pedal, movethe shift
lever through each gear range, pausing for about
three seconds in each range. Then, position the shift
lever inPARK (P).
2. Push it back in all theway, wait three seconds and
then pullit back out again.
3. Check both sides of the
dipstick, and read the
lower level: The fluid
level must be in the'
cross-hatched area.
4. Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes,
Then, without shuttingoff the engine, follow these steps:
The transaxle dipstick
handle is the red loop
near the backof
the engine.
4. If the fluid level isin the acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the
way.
1. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a cleanorrag
paper towel.
6-19
How to Add Fluid
Engine Coolant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determinewhat
kind of transaxle fluid to use. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants’’ in the Index.
The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with new
DEX-COOL TM (orange-colored, silicate-free) engine
coolant. Thiscoolant is designed to remain in your
vehicle for 5 years or 100,000 miles (166 000 km),
whichever occurs first.
If the fluid level is low, add only enough of the proper
fluid to bring the level intothe cross-hatched area on
the dipstick.
1. Pull out the dipstick.
2. Using a long-neck funnel, add enough fluid at the
dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level. It doesn’t
take much fluid, generally less than a pint (0.5 L).
Don t overfill. We recommend you use only fluid
labeled DEXRONO-111, because fluid with that label
is made especially for your automatic transaxle.
Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON@-I11
is not covered by your new vehicle warranty.
0 After adding fluid, recheckthe fluid level as
described under “How to Check.”
0
When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the
dipstick back in all the way.
The following explains your cooling system and how to
add coolant when it is low. If you have a problem with
engine overheating or if you need to add coolant to your
radiator, see “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
A 50/50 mixture of water and the proper coolant for
your Buick will:
Give freezing protection down to -34°F (-37°C).
Give boiling protection up to’265 “F ( 129” C).
Protect against rust and corrosion.
Help keep the proper engine temperature.
Let the warning lights and gages work as
they should.
NOTICE:
CAUTION
When adding coolant it is important that
you use
DEX-COOL (orange-colored, silicate-free)
coolant meeting GM Specification 6277M.
If silicated coolant is added to the system,
premature engine, heater core or radiator
corrosion may result. In addition, the engine
coolant will require change sooner at
30,000 miles (50 000 km) or24 months whichever
occurs first
TM
--
.
What toUse
-
Adding only plain water to your cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water,or some other
liquid like alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system is set for the proper coolant
mix. With
plain water or the wrong
mix, your engine could
get too hot butyou wouldn’t get the overheat
warning. Your engine could catch fire andyou or
others couldbe burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water andDEX-COOL TM (orange-colored,
silicate-free) antifreeze.
Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferably
distilled) and one-half DEX-COOL TM (orange-colored,
silicate-free) antifreeze that meets GM Specification
6277M, which won’t damage aluminumparts. Use
GM Engine Coolant Supplement (sealer) (GMPart
No. 3634621) with any complete coolant change.If you
use this mixture, you don’t need to add anything else.
6-21
:king Coolant
NOTICE:
If you use an improper coolantmix, your engine
could overheat and be badly damaged. The
repair cost wouldn’tbe covered by your
warranty. Too much water in the mix can freeze
and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and
other parts.
If you have to add coolant more than four times a year,
have your dealer check your cooling system.
I NOTICE:
-1
If you use the proper coolant,you don’t have to
add extra inhibitors or additives which claim to
improve the system. These can
be harmful.
When your engine is cold, the coolant level should be
at the COLD mark or a little higher. When your engine
is warm, the level should be up to the HOT mark or a
little higher.
If this light comes on, it
means you’re low on engine
coolant.
I
LOW
COOLANT
Turning the radiator pressure cap when the
engine and radiator are hot can
allow steam and
scalding liquids toblow out and burnyou badly.
With the coolant recovery tank, you
will almost
never have to add coolant at the radiator.
Never turn the radiator pressure cap even a
little when the engine and radiator are hot.
--
Addinq Coolar
--
A
If you need more coolant, add the proper mix at the
coolant recovery tank.
If the coolant recovery tank is completely empty, add
coolant to the radiator. (See “Engine Overheating”in
the Index.)
Add coolant mix at the recovery tank, but be careful not
to spill it.
I
You can be burnedif you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol,
and it will burn if the engine parts are hot
a hot engine.
enough. Don’t spill coolant on
Radiator Pressure Cap
Power Steering Fluid
NOTICE:
Your radiator cap is a 15 psi (105 kPa)
pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed to
prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage
from overheating. Be sure the arrows on the cap
line up with the overflow tube on the radiator
filler neck.
When you replace your radiator pressure cap, an AC@
cap is recommended.
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat
in the engine coolant system. The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
When you replace your thermostat, an AC@thermostat
is recommended.
6-24
3.lL L82 (Code M) Engine
3.8L L36 (Code K) Engine
When to Check Power SteeringFluid
It is not necessary to regularly check power steering
fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or
you hear an unusual noise. A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.
How To Check Power Steering Fluid
When the engine compartment is cool, unscrew the cap
and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replacethe cap
and completely tighten it. Then remove the capagain
and look at the fluid level on the dipstick.
When the engine
compartment is hot,
the level should be at the
H mark. When it’s cold,
the level should be at the
C mark. If the fluid is at
the ADD mark, you
should add fluid.
3.1L L82 (Code M) Engine
3.8L L36 (Code K) Engine
When the engine compartmentis hot, the level should be
at the HOT mark. When it’s cold, the level should be at
the FULL COLD mark, If the fluid is at the
ADD mark, you should add fluid.
What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of fluid to use. See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index. Always use the proper fluid.
Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and
damage hoses and seals.
Windshield 'Washer Fluid
What to Use
When you need windshield washer fluid, be sure to read
the manufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If you will be
operating your vehicle in an area where the
temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing.
NOTICE:
0
0
Adding Washer Fluid
0
0
Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID ONLY. Add
washer fluid until the tank is full.
6-26
When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer's instructions for
adding water.
Don't mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid tank and
other partsof the washer system.Also,
water doesn't cleanas well as washer fluid.
Fill your washer fluid tank
only 3/4 full
when it's very cold. This allows for
expansion, which could damage the tank
if
it is completely full.
Don't use radiator antifreeze in your
windshield washer. It can damage your
washer system and paint..
system fixed, since a leak means that sooner or later your
brakes won’t work well, or won’t work at all.
Brakes
Bri
lid
So, it isn’t a good idea to “top off’ your brake fluid.
Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak. If you add fluid
when your linings are worn, then you’ll have too much
fluid when you get new brake linings. You should add
(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
If you have too much brake fluid, it can spill on
the engine. The fluidwill burn if the engine is hot
enough. You or others could be burned, and your
vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only
when work is done on the brake hydraulic system
Your brake master cylinder reservoir is here. It is filled
with DOT-3 brake fluid.
There are only two reasonswhy the brake fluid level in the
reservoir might go down. The first is that the brake fluid
goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake
lining wear. When new linings are put in, the fluid level
goes back up. The other reason is that fluid is leaking out
of the brake system. If it is, you should have your brake
When your brake fluid falls to a low level, your brake
warning light will come on. See “Brake System Warning
Light” i n the Index.
6-27
What toAdd
When you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3 brake
fluid -- such as Delco Supreme 11 (GM Part
No. 1052535). Use new brake fluid from a sealed
container only, and always clean thebrake fluid
reservoir cap before removing it.
NOTICE:
@
0
With the wrong kind
of fluid in your brake
system, your brakes may not work
well, or they
may not even workat all. This could cause a
crash. Always use the proper brakefluid.
6-28
0
Using the wrong fluid can badly damage
brake system parts. For example, just
a few
drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine
oil, in your brake system can damage brake
system partsso badly that they'll have to be
replaced. Don't let someone put in the
wrong kindof fluid.
If you spill brake fluid on yourvehicle's
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid
on yourvehicle. If youdo, wash itoff
immediately. See "Appearance Care" in
the Index.
Brake Wear
Your Buick has four-wheel disc brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a
high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are
worn and new pads are needed. The sound may come and
go orbe heard all the time your vehicle is moving (except
when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly).
A CAUTION:
Some driving conditions or climates
may cause a brake
squeal when the brakes arefirst applied or lightly
applied. This doesnot mean something is wrong with
your brakes.
Free movement of brake calipers and properly torqued
wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake calipers
for movement, brake pads forwear, and evenly torque
wheel nuts in the proper sequence to GM specifications.
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete
axle sets.
I
The brake wear warning so Id means that
sooner or later your brakes won’twork well.
That could lead to an accident. When you hear
the brake wear warningsound, have your
vehicle serviced.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to
normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal
travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble.
Brake Adjustment
I NOTICE:
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads
could result in costly brake repair.
Every time you apply the brakes, with or without the
vehicle moving, your brakes adjust for wear.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Vehicle Storage
The braking system on a modern vehicle is complex.
Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well
together if the vehicle is tohave really good braking.
Vehicles we design and test have top-quality GM brake
parts in them, as your Buick does whenit is new. When
you replace parts of your braking system -- for example,
when your brake linings wear down and you have to have
new ones put in -- be sure you get new genuine GM
replacement parts. If you don’t, your brakes may no
longer work properly. For example, if someone puts in
brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle, the balance
between your front and rear brakes canchange -- for the
worse. The braking performance you’ve come to expect
can change in many other ways if someone puts in the
wrong replacement brake parts.
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days or
more, tLkeoff the black, negative (-) cable from the battery.
This will help keep your be++aryfrom running down.
Battery
Every new Buick has a Delco Freedom@battery. You
never have to add water to one of these. When it’s time
for a new battery, we recommend a Delco Freedom@
battery. Get one that has the replacement number shown
on the original battery’s label.
6-30
J II’
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas
that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you
aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting’’ in the Index
for tips on working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle
for longer storage periods.
Also, for your audio system, see “Theft-Deterrent
Feature” in the Index.
Headlamps
Bulb Replacement
-
In this section, you’ll find directions for changingthe
bulbs in some of the lamps on your Buick. See
“Replacement Bulbs” in the Index to find the type of
bulb you should use.
Halogen Bulbs
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and
You or
can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb.
others could be injured. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions on the bulb package.
I
I
I. Press and turn the bulb socket counterclockwise
one-quarter turn.
2. Pull the bulb socket out of the headlamp housing.
6-31
3. Lift the plastic locking
tab on the electrical
connector and pull the
connector from the
headlamp bulb socket.
4. Align the tabs on the new bulb socket with the slots
in the housing and install the bulb socket.
5. Turn the bulb socket clockwise. Avoid touching the
glass on the new bulb.
6. Snap the electrical connector into the bulb socket.
1. Remove the plastic nuts and pull the carpet away
from the rear of the trunk.
I
2. Remove the plastic wing nuts.
3. Pull the taillamp housing aLwa.y from the body of the
vehicle.
4. Squeeze the tab on the socket and turn the socket
counterclockwise.
5 . Pull out the socket.
6. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
7 . Push in a new bulb.
8. Replace the socket into the housing andturn clockwise.
9. Replace the taillamp housing to the body
of the vehicle.
10. Install the wing nuts.
11. Reposition the carpet and tighten the plastic nuts.
6-33
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
Tires
1. Pull the windshield wiperarm away from the
windshield.
We don’t make tires.Your new Buick comeswith
high-quality tiresmade by a leading tiremanufacturer. If
you ever have questions about
your tire warranty and
where to obtain service, seeyour Buick Warranty
booklet for details.
2 . Lift the release clipwith a screwdriver and pull the
blade off the wiperarm.
3. Push the new wiper blade securely onto the wiper arm.
6-34
Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are
dangerous.
0 Overloading your tires can cause
overheating as a result of too much friction.
You could have an air-out and
a serious
accident. See ‘(Loading
Your Vehicle” in
the Index.
CAUTION: (Continued)
CAUTION: (Conunut
0
0
Underinflated tires pose theS m e danger as
overloaded tires. The resulting accident
could cause serious injury. Check all tires
frequently to maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should be checked
when your tires are
cold.
Overinflated tires are more likely to be
cut, punctured or broken by a sudden
impact such as when you hita pothole.
Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
Worn, old tires can cause accidents.If your
tread is badly worn, orif your tires have
been damaged, replace them.
--
0
Inflation - Tire Pressure
The Tire-Loading Information label which is inside the
trunk lid shows the correct inflation pressures for your
tires when they’re cold. “Cold”means your vehicle has
been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more
than a mile.
NOTICE:
Don’t let anyone tellyou that underinflation or
overinflation is all right. It’s not.If your tires
don’t have enough air (underinflation), you can
get thefollowing:
Too much flexing
Too much heat
Tireoverloading
Bad wear
0 Bad handling
Bad fuel economy.
NOTICE: (Continued)
6-35
NOTICE: (Continued)
If your tires havetoo much air (overinflation),
you can get the following:
Unusualwear
0 Badhandling
Roughride
Needless damage from road hazards.
Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be inspected every 6,000 to 8,000 miles
(10 000 to 13 000 km) for any signs of unusual wear.
If unusual wear is present, rotate your tires as soon as
possible and check wheel alignment. Also check for
damaged tires or wheels. See “When It’s Time for New
Tires” and “Wheel Replacement” later in this section for
more information.
When to Check
Check your tires once a month or more.
Don’t forget your compact sparetire. It should be
at 60 psi (420 kPa).
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire
pressure. You can’t tell if your tires are properly inflated
simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they’re underinflated.
Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems.
They help prevent leaksby keeping out dirt and moisture.
6-36
The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more
uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. The first
rotation is the most important. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” in the Index for scheduled
rotation intervals.
When rotating your tires, always use the correct
rotation
pattern shown here.
When It’s Time for New Tires
One way to tell when it’s
time fornew tires isto
check the treadwear
indicators, whichwill
appear when your tires have
only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or
less of tread remaining.
Don’t include the compact spare tire in your tire
rotation.
After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front and
rear inflation pressures as shownon the Tire-Loading
Information label. Make certain that all wheel
nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel NutTorque” in
the Index.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the partsto which
it is fastened, can makewheel nuts become loose
after a time. The,wheel could comeoff and cause
an accident. When you change a wheel, remove
any rust ordirt from.places where the wheel
attaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, you can
use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but be
sure touse a scraper orwire brush later, if you
need to, to get all the rust or dirt
off. (See
“Changing a Flat Tire”in the Index.)
You,need a new tire if any of the followingstatements
are true:
0
You can seethe indicators atthree or moreplaces
around the tire.
0
You can see cordor fabric showing through thetire’s
rubber.
0
The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep
enough to show cord or fabric.
0
The tire has abump, bulge or split.
6-37
The tire has a puncture, cut or other damagethat
can’t be repaired well because of the size or location
of the damage.
Buying New Tires
To find out what kind and size of tires you need, look at
the Tire-Loading Information label.
The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had
a Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec)
number on each tire’s sidewall. When you get new tires,
get ones with that same TPC Spec number. That way
your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed
to give proper endurance, handling,
speed rating,
traction, ride and other things during normal service on
your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC number will be followed by an “MS”
(for mud and snow).
If you ever replace your tires with those not having a
TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,
bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.
6-38
Mixing tires coula cause you to lose control while
driving. If you mix tiresof different sizes or types
(radial and bias-beltedtires), the vehicle may not
handle properly, and you could have a crash.
Using tires of different sizes may also cause
damage to your vehicle.
Be sure to use the same
size and type tireson all four wheels.
It’s all right to drive with your compact spare,
though. Itwas developed for use on your vehicle.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the system
developed by the United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration, which grades tires by
treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This
applies only to vehicles sold in the United States.) The
grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger
car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does
not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production tires.
While the tires available on General Motors passenger
cars and lighttrucks may vary with respect to these
grades, they must also conform to Federal safety
requirements and additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half
(1 1/2) times as well on the government course asa tire
graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and
may depart significantly fromthe norm due tovariations
in driving habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
-
Traction A, B, C
The traction grades, from highestto lowest, are A, B,
and C, and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction
performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based
on braking (straightahead) traction tests and does not
include cornering (turning) traction.
-
Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specifiedindoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can causethe
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades
B and A represent higher levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
6-39
Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or
excessive loading, either separately or in combination,
can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced
carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels
aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear
or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the
alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your
vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, orbadly rusted
or corroded.If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
wheel leaks air, replace it (except some aluminum
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your
Buick dealer if any of these conditions exist.
6-40
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.
Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying
capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the
same way as the one it replaces.
If you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original
equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have
the right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your
Buick model.
I
I
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous.
of your
It could affect the braking and handling
vehicle, make your tires loseair and make you
lose control. You could have a collision in which
you or others could be injured. Always use the
correct wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for
replacement.
Used Replacement Wheels
NOTICE:
The wrong wheel can also cause problems with
bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odometer
calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance and tireor tire chain clearance to
the body and chassis.
See “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index .for more
information.
Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is
dangerous. You can’t know how it’s been used or
how many miles it’s been driven. It could fail
If you have to
suddenly and cause an accident.
replace a wheel, use a new GM original
equipment wheel.
6-41
1
NOTICE:
If your Buick hasP225/60R16 size tires, don’t use
tire chains. They can damage your
vehicle.
If you have other tires,use tire chainsonly where
legal and only when you must. Use only SAE
Class “S” type chains that are the proper
size for
your tires. Install them on the front tires and
tighten them as tightly as possible
with the ends
securely fastened. Driveslowly and follow the
chain manufacturer’s instructions.If you can
hear the chains contacting your
vehicle, stop
and retighten them.If the contact continues,
slow down until it stops. Driving too fast
or
spinning thewheels with chains onwill
damage yourvehicle.
1
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Some
are toxic. Others can burst into flame if you strike a
match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space.
When you use anything from a container to clean your
Buick, be sure to follow the manufacturer’s warnings
and instructions. And always open your doors or
windows when you’re cleaning the inside.
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
Gasoline
Benzene
Naphtha
Carbon Tetrachloride
Acetone
0
Paint Thinner
0
Turpentine
Lacquer Thinner
Nail Polish Removel-
They can all be hazardous -- some more than
others -- and they can all damage your vehicle, too.
Don’t use any of these unless this manual says you can.
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
0
Alcohol
0
Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.
Laundry Soap
Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask
surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
Bleach
ReducingAgents
Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the
directions on the container label.
Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge.
Cleaning the Insideof Your Buick
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose
dirt. Wipe vinyl or leather with a clean, damp cloth.
0
Don’t saturate the material.
0
Don’t rub it roughly.
Your Buick dealer has two GM cleaners, a solvent-type
spot lifter and a foam-type powdered cleaner. They will
clean normal spots and stainsvery well. Do not use
them on vinyl or leather.
As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, use a sponge
to remove the suds.
Here are some cleaningtips:
Wipe off what’s left with a slightly damp paper towel
or cloth.
0
Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
0
Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set.
0
Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a clean area
often. A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn.
0
Use solvent-type cleaners in a well-ventilated area
only. If you use them, don’t saturate the stained area.
Rinse the section with a clean, wet sponge.
0
Then dry it immediately with a blow dryer.
0
Wipe with a clean cloth.
If a ring forms after spot cleaning, cleanthe entire
area immediately or it will set.
6-43
Using Solvent-Qpe Cleaner on Fabric
Special Cleaning Problems
First, see if you have to use solvent-type cleanerat all.
Some spotsand stains will clean off better with just
water and mild soap.
Greasy or Oily Stains
If you need to usea solvent:
0
0
Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with
a clean, dull knife or scraper. Use very little cleaner,
light pressure and clean cloths (preferably
cheesecloth). Cleaning should start at the outside of
the stain, “feathering” toward the center. Keep
changing toa clean section of the cloth.
Stains caused by grease, oil, butter, margarine, shoe
polish, coffee with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic
creams, vegetable oils, wax crayon, tar and asphalt can
be removed as follows:
0
Carefully scrape off excess stain.
0
Follow the solvent-type instructions
described earlier.
Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and asphalt will stain if
left on a vehicle’s seat fabric. They should be removed
as soon as possible. Be careful, because the cleaner
will dissolve them and mdy cause them to spread.
When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately
dry the area with a blow dryer to help prevent a
cleaning ring.
Non-Greasy Stains
Stains caused by catsup, coffee (black), egg, fruit, fruit
juice, milk, soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood can
be removed as follows:
6-44
0
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the
soiled area with cool water.
0
If a stain remains, follow the foam-type instructions
described earlier.
0
If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine,
treat the area with a watedbaking soda solution:
1 teaspoon ( 5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
of lukewarm water.
If needed, clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner.
Combination Stains
Stains caused by candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili
sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows:
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then clean with
cool water and allow to dry.
If a stain remains, clean it with solvent-type cleaner.
Cleaning Vinyl
Use warm water and a clean cloth.
0
Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You
may have to do it more than once.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if
you don’t get them off quickly. Use a clean cloth and
a GM Vinyl/Leather Cleaner or equivalent product.
Cleaning Leather
Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap or
saddle soap.
For stubborn stains, use a GM Vinylkeather Cleaner
or equivalent product.
Never use oils, varnishes, solvent-based or abrasive
cleaners, furniture polish or shoe polish on leather.
Soiled leather should be cleaned immediately. If
dirt is allowed to work into the finish, it can harm
the leather.
Cleaning theTop of the Instrument Panel
Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces
of the instrument panel. Sprays containing silicones or
waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
and even make it difficult to see through the windshield
under certain conditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
Cleaning the Outsideof the
Windshield and Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield
washer, or if the wiper blade chatters when running, wax
or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Do not bleachor dye safety belts.If you do, it
may severely weaken them.In a crash they might
not be able to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild soap and
lukewarm
water.
Glass
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner (GM
Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner
will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films.
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may
cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear
window, since they may have to be scraped off later.
If abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rear
window, an electric defogger element may be damaged.
Any temporary license should not be attached across the
defogger grid.
6-46
Clean the outside of the windshield with GM
Windshield Cleaner, Bon-Ami Powder@(GM Part
No. 1050011). The windshield is clean if beads do not
form when you rinse it with water.
Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth
soaked in full-strength windshield washer solvent. Then
rinse the blade with water.
Wiper blades should be checked on a regular basis and
replaced when worn.
Weatherstrips
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Apply
silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six
months. During very cold, damp weather more frequent
application may be required. (See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.)
Cleaning the Outside of Your Buick
Finish Care
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth
of color, gloss retention and durability.
Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your Buick by
hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint
finish. You can get GM-approved cleaning products
from your dealer. (See “Appearance Careand Materials’’
in the Index.)
Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to
keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or
cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun.
Don’t use strong soaps or chemicaldetergents. Use
liquid hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soaps.
Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or
that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agents
should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on
the surface, or they could stain. Dry the finish with a
soft, clean chamois or a 100% cottbn towel to avoid
surface scratches and water spotting.
High pressure car washes may cause water to enter
your vehicle.
Your Buick has a “basecoat/clearcoat” paint finish.
The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the col.ored
basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that are
non-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoat
paint finish.
NOTICE:
Machine compounding or aggressive polishingon
a basecoatklearcoat paint finish maydull the
finish or leave swirl marks.
6-47
Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other
salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird
droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc.can
damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted
surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked
safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weather
and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking
new by keeping your Buick garaged or covered
whenever possible.
Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped)
Keep your wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with
mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A wax
may then be applied.
The surfaceof these wheels is similar to the painted
surface of your vehicle. Don’t use strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners or
abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could
damage the surface.
6-48
Don’t take your vehicle through an autorrlatic car wash
that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes. These
brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels.
Tires
To clean your tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.
I NOTICE:
When applying a tire dressing always take care to
wipe off any oversprayor splash from all painted
surfaces on the body or wheels of the vehicle.
Petroleum-based products may damage the
paint finish.
Sheet Metal Damage
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion protection.
Finish Damage
Chemical Paint Spotting
Any stone chips, fractures or deep scratches
in the finish
should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode
quickly and may develop into a major repair expense.
Some weather and atmospheric conditionscan create a
chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and
attack painted surhces on your vehicle. This damage
can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched into
the paint surface.
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up
materials available from your dealer or other service
outlets. Larger areasof finish damage can be corrected
in your dealer’sbody and paint shop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust
control can collecton the underbody. If these are not
removed, accelerated corrosion (rust)can occur on the
underbody parts such as fuel lines, frame, floorpan, and
exhaust system even though they have corrosion
protection.
Although no defect in the paint job causes this, Buick
will repair, at no charge to the owner, the surfaces of
new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within
12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of purchase,
whichever occurs first.
At least every spring, flush thesematerials from the
underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud
and other debris can collect.Dirt packed in closed areas
of the frame should be loosened before being flushed.
Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do
this for you.
6-49
Appearance Care Materials Chart
~~~
I
PART NUMBER
SIZE
1050004
2.75 sq. ft.
I 050 172
1050173 16
1050174
105020I
IO502 14
1050427
1050429
1051398*
1051515
USAGE DESCRIPTION
Chamois
Remover
16 oz. (0.473 L)
~~~
oz. (0.473 Lj
16 oz. (0.473 L)
~~~~~~~~~~~
~~~
~
~
~
Chrome Cleaner and Polish
Removes rust and corrosion
Removes soil and black marks
16OZ. (0.473 Lj
White Sidewall Tire Cleaner
Magic Mirror Cleaner Polish
32 02. (0.946 L)
Vinyl and Leather Cleaner
Exterior cleaner and polish
Spot and stain removal
23 oz. (0.680 L)
6 lbs. (2.72 kg)
Glass Cleaner
Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner
Cleans grease, grime and smoke film
Cleans vinyl, cloth, tires and mats
8 oz. (0.237 L)
32 oz. (0.946 L)
Spot Lifter
For cloth
Windshield washer solvent and antifreeze
Optikleen
Wash
and
Wax Concentrate
Armor All Protector
Wheel Cleaner
Capture Dry Spot Remover
16 oz. (0.473 L) I
I
Exterior wash
Protects vinyl, leather and rubber
8 oz. (0.237 L)
16 oz. (0.473 L)
Spray on wheel cleaner
1052929
Attracts and absorbs soils
1052930
8 oz. (0.237 L)
Cleans vinyl, leather and rubber
12345002**
16 oz. (0.473 L)
Armor All Cleaner
12345725
Shines tires
12 oz. (0.354 L)
Silicone Tire Shine
:j:
Not recommended for pigskin suede leather.
See your General Motors Parts Department for these products.
Not recommended for use on instrument panel vinyl.
See "Fluids and Lubricants'' in the Index.
1OS2870
10529 18**
I
~
Shines vehicle without scratching
Also removes old waxes and polishes Tar and Road Oil
TM
TM
:t::f:
6-50
.
Vehicle Identification Number(VIN)
I
0 -
I I
SAMPLE4UXTM072675
ENGINE A
6
$. \
I,.
I I
Ud
ASSEMBLY
This is the legal identifier for yourBuick. It appears on
a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel, on the
driver‘s side. You can see it if you look through the
windshield from outside your vehicle. The VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels and the certificates of title and registration.
Service Parts Identification Label
You’ll find this label on the deck lid. It’s very helpful if
you ever need to order parts. On this label is:
your VIN,
the model designation,
0
paint information, and
0
a list of all production options and special
equipment.
Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in your VIN is the engine code.
This code will help you identify your engine,
specifications and replacement parts.
6-51
Electrical System
Headlamp Wiring
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The headlamp wiring is protected by a circuit breaker in
the underhood electrical center. An electrical overload
will cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases
to remain off. If this happens, have your headlamp
system checked right away.
NOTICE:
Don’t add anything electricalto your Buick
unless you check with your dealer first. Some
electrical equipment can damage your vehicle
and the damage wouldn’t be covered
by your
warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment
can keep other components from working
as
they should.
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to
add anything electrical to your Buick, see “Servicing
Your Air Bag-Equipped Buick” in the Index.
6-52
Windshield Wipers
The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit
breaker and a fuse. If the motor overheats due to heavy
snow, etc., the wiper will stop until the motor cools. If
the overload is caused by some electrical problem, have
it fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuit breakersin the fuse panel protect the power
windows and other power accessories. Whenthe current
load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes,
protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed.
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Instrument Panel FuseBlock
Some fuses arein a fuse
block on the passenger’s
side of the instrument panel.
Pull off the coverlabeled
FUSES to expose the fuses.
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from
short circuits by a combination of fuses, circuit breakers
and fusible thermal links in the wiring itself. This greatly
reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems.
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse.If the
band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sureyou
replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size
and rating.
6-53
Fuse
1
3
4
5
6
7
10
Circuit
Breaker
C
D
Description
11
Power Windows
Power Seats
13
12
14
Description
CIGAR LIGHTER -- Instrument
Panel Cigarette Lighter
DRL MDL
HVAC #2 -- HVAC Control
Assembly, Solenoid Box
HAZARD FLASHER
POWER ACCESSORY
#2 -- Sunroof Control Unit
LOCK CONTROL -- Door
Lock Relay
I/P ELECTRONICS BATTERY
FEED -- Chime Module,
Electronic Brake Control Module
(EBCM), Theft-Deterrent Module,
Radio, Radio Amplifier, Trip
Computer
STARTER RELAY
ANTI-THEFT -- Theft-Deterrent
Module
ABS -- Electronic Brake Control
Module (EBCM), ABS Relay
HVAC BLOWER
MOTOR -- Blower Motor Relay
Fuse
15
16
19
21
23
24
28
Description
HVAC #1 -- Air Temperature
Valve Motor: Trip Computer,
Daytime Running Lamps Module
(DRL), HVAC Control Assembly,
Multifunction Lever Cruise
Control Switch
REAR DEFOG -- HVAC
Control Assembly Rear Window
Defogger Switch
POWER ACCESSORY
#1 -- Antenna Relay, Power
Mirror Switch, Door Lock
Switches, Door Handle Switches,
Trunk Courtesy Lamp
AIR BAG SYSTEM
STOPLAMPS -- TCC/Brake
Switch
CRUISE CONTROL
CTSY LAMPS -- Vanity Mirrors,
T/P Courtesy Lamps, I/P
Compartment Lamp,Header
Courtesy and Reading Lamp, I/S
Lighted Rearview Mirror, Dome
and Reading Lamps, Quarter
Courtesy Lamps
Fuse
29
30
32
37
38
39
Description
WIPER -- Wiper Switch
TURN SIGNAL -- Turn
Signal Flasher
POWER LOCKS -- Door
Lock Relay
AUXILIARY POWER
RADIO -- Radio, Steering Wheel
Radio Switches
I/P ELECTRONICS IGNITION
FEED -- Headlamp Switch,
Cruise Control Cut-Out Switch,
Air Bag System, TCC/Brake
Switch, Instrument Cluster, Chime
Module, Second-Gear Start
Switch, Daytime Running Lamps
Module (DRL)
6-55
--
Underhood Electrical Center Passenger's Side
ODD
BAT
Some fuses arein the underhood electrical center on the
passenger's side of the engine compartment.
RICMPT REL ECM
-~~~
A!C CONT
TCC
FllNJN
ECM IGN
ELEK IGN
l4
II
~~~
I
-1
I
J
Fuse
Description
R/CMPT RELRemote
Trunk Release
ECM BAT
Powertrain Control Module
(PCM), Fuel Pump, Fuel Pump
Relay, Fan Cont #1 Relay
A/C CMPR Relay (VIN M only)
A/C CONT
Automatic Transaxle, Transaxle
TCC
Range Switch
Fuel Injectors
F/IN J N
6-56
Fuse
ECM IGN
ELEK IGN
10
11
12
13
Description
Powertrain Control Module
(PCM), EGR, CCP, VAPSW,
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
(VIN X only), Oxygen Sensor,
Vac Canister Switch, Fan #2 Relay
Electronic Ignition (EI)
Control Module
I/P Fuse Block
FAN CONT #I Relay
Passenger’s Side Underhood
Electrical Center and I/P Fuse
Blocks: Fuses 5 , 14,23 and 32
FAN CONT #2 Relay and UP Fuse
Block: Fuse 16, Power Seat
Circuit Breaker “D”
Relay
14
15
16
17
18
Description
FUEL PUMP
A/C CMPR
FAN CONT #2 -- Secondary
Cooling Fan (Passenger Side)
FAN CONT #I -- Primary
Cooling Fan (Driver Side)
Ignition Relay
6-57
Und’ hood Elect
Additional fuses are in the underhood electrical center
on the driver’s side of the engine compartment.
DDD
FOG
LPS
PARKLPS
Fuse
PARK LPS
HORN
VAR P/S
ABS
6-58
HORN
Description
Headlamp Switch
Horn Relay, Underhood Lamp
EVO Steering
Anti-Lock Brake System
Fuse
10
11
Description
IGN SW2 -- I/P Fuse Block: PWR
WDO and Circuit Breaker“D”;
Passenger’s Side Underhood
Electrical Center: TCCand ENG
EMIS Fuses
IGN SW1 -- I/P Fuse Block:
Radio, Wiper, HVAC, ABS and
Turn Signal Fuses; Passenger’s
Side Underhood Electrical Center:
F/IJN, ECM IGN and ELEK IGN
Fuses
Fuse
Description
12
HD LPS -- Circuit Breaker to
Headlamp Switch
13
ABS -- ABS Relay
Relay
Description
14
ABS -- Anti-Lock Brake System
16
HORN
6-59
Replacement Bulbs
Exterior Lamps
Bulb
Number
Number
Bulb Lamps
Interior
Back-up
Ashtray .................................
194
2-Door Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921
Courtesy
4-DoorModels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .921
Dome .................................
561
562
Rear Quarter ...........................
Center High-Mounted Stop
Rearview Mirror ..........................
24
. Without Luggage Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 155
Luggage Carrier Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891
GloveBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.816
920
LuggageCompartment ....................
FrontParkingmurnSignal
. 2-Door Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3357NA
Reading
4-Door Models ......................
3157NA
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211-2
Headlamp,
High-Beam
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9005
Inside Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212-2
Headlamp,Low-Beam ....................
9006
Roof Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 12-2
LicensePlate . . . . . . : .....................
194
Underhood ..............................
561
TS-14VlCP
VisorVanity ......................
Sidemarker, Front
2-Door Models ...........................
24
4-DoorModels ..........................
24
Sidemarker. Rear
2-Door Models ..........................
24
194
4-Door Models .........................
Stop/Tail/Turn Signal . . . .-.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3057
Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
..
\
6-60
Capacities and Specifications
Automatic Transaxle
Pan Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 quarts (6.7 L)
When draiizilzg/replacil.Ig convertec more,fluid may be needed.
Cooling System Including Reservoir
3.1L(CodeM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6quarts(10.93L)
3.8L (Code K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.7 quarts (10.1 L)
Refrigerant (R-l34a), Air Conditioning* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.0 lbs (0.91 kg)
*See “Air Conditioning Refriger~-lnts”l~~telin th,issection.
Engine Crankcase
Oil and Filter Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5 quarts (4.2 L)
Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100 Ib-ft (140 N.m)
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1 gallons (64.7 L)
Wiper Blade Lengths
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20”(508mm)
Note: All capacitiesare approximate when adding. Be sure to Jillto the
approximate level, as recommended in this manual.
6-61
Engine Specifications
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermostat Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hosepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1L (Code M)
V6
191 CID
1-2-3-4-5-6
195°F (91°C)
160 0 5200
3.8L (Code K)
V6
231 CID
1-6-5-4-3-2
195°F (91°C)
205 0 5200
Coupe
107.5” (2730 mm)
59.5” (1 5 12 mm)
58.0” (1472mm)
193.9” (49 17 mm)
72.5” (1 842 mm)
53.3” (1 347 mm)
Sedan
107.5” (2730 mm)
59.5” (15 12 mm)
58.0” (1472 mm)
193.7” (492 1 mm)
72.5” (1842 mm)
54.5” ( 1 384 mm)
-VehicleDimensions
Wheelbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tread (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tread (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overall Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overall Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overall Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-62
Normal Maintenance ReplacementParts
Air Cleaner Filter All Engines . . . . . . . . . . . A 1208C
Battery
3.1L (Code M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
525 CCA
3.8L (Code K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
690 CCA
Engine Oil Filter
All Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PF47
PCV Valve
CV892C
All Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator Cap
All Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RC27
RKE Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . Duracell Type DL 2016
(2) or equivalent
Spark Plugs
3.1L (Code M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type 41 -940
Gap: 0.060” (1.52 mm)
3.8L (Code K) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type 41-921
Gap: 0.060” (1.52 mm)
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Not all air conditioningrefrigerants are the same.
If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs
refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used.
If you’re not sure, ask your Buick dealer.
6-63
NOTES
6-64
Section 7 Maintenance Schedule
I
I
1
Introduction
IMPORTANT:
Your Vehicle and the Environment
KEEP ENGINE OIL
’
I
This section covers the maintenance required for your
Buick. Your vehicle needs these services to retain its
safety, dependability and emission control performance.
F.
I
I
Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your
vehicle in good working condition, but also helpsthe
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures
are important. Improper vehicle maintenance can even
affect the quality of the air we breathe. Improper fluid
levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level
of emissions fromyour vehicle. To help protect our
environment, and to keep your vehicle in good
condition, please maintain your vehicle properly.
Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan
supplements your IWPV vehicle warrunties. See your
Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet,or your Buick
dealer for details.
7-1
How This Section is Organized
The remainder of this section is divided into fiveparts:
“Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services”shows
what to have done and how often. Someof these
services can be complex, so unless you are technically
qualified and have the necessary equipment, you should
let yourdealer’s service department or another qualified
service center do these jobs.
Performing maintenance work on vehicle
a
can
be dangerous. In trying to do some jobs,
you can
be seriously injured.Do your own maintenance
work only if you have the required know-how
and the proper tools and equipment for the job.
If you have any doubt, havea qualified
technician do the work.
If you are skilled enough to do some work on your
vehicle, you will probably want to get the service
information GM publishes. See “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.
7-2
“Part B: Owner Checks andServices’’ tells you what
should be checked whenever you stop for fuel.It also
explains what you can easily do to help keep your
vehicle in good condition.
“Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections”
explains important inspections that your Buick dealer’s
service department or another qualified service center
should perform.
“Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
lists some products GM recommends to help keep your
vehicle properly maintained. These products, or their
equivalents, should be used whether you do the work
yourself or have it done.
“Part E: Maintenance Record’’ provides a place
for you to record the maintenance performed on your
vehicle. Whenever any maintenance is performed, be
sure to write it down in this part. This will help you
determine when your next maintenance should be done.
In addition, it is a good idea to keepyour maintenance
receipts. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for
warranty repairs.
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance
Services
Using Your Maintenance Schedule
We at General Motors want to help you keep your vehicle
in good working condition. But we don’t know exactly
how you’ll drive it. You may drive very short distances
only a few times a week. Or you may drive long
distances all the time in very hot, dusty weather. You
may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Or you may
drive it to work, to do errands or in many other ways.
Because of all the different ways people use their GM
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may even need
more frequent checks andreplacements than you’ll find
in the schedules in this section. So please read this
section and note how you drive. If you have any
questions on how to keep your vehiclein good
condition, see yourBuick dealer.
The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in
Part D. Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses
these. All parts should be replaced and all necessary
repairs done beforeyou or anyone else drives the vehicle.
These schedules arefor vehicles that:
carry passengers and cargo within recommended
limits. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s
Tire-Loading Information label. See “Loading Your
Vehicle” in the Index.
are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal
driving limits.
use the recommended fuel. See “Fuel” in the Index.
Selecting the Right Schedule
First you’ll need to decide which of the two schedules is
right for your vehicle. Here’s how to decide which
schedule to follow:
This part tells you the maintenance servicesyou should
have doneand when you should schedulethem. If you
go to your dealer for your service needs,
you’ll know
that GM-trained and supported servicepeople will
perform the work using genuine GM parts.
7-3
Maintenance Schedule
I Short Trip/City D e f i t i o n
I
Follow the Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule if any
one of these conditions is true for your vehicle:
Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
0
Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
0
Most trips are through dusty areas.
0
You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top
of your vehicle.
0
If the vehicle is used for delivery service, police,
taxi, or other commercial application.
One of the reasons you should follow this schedule if you
operate your vehicle under any of these conditions is that
these conditions causeerzgirze oil to break down soonex
7-4
Short Trip/City Intervals
Every 3,000 Miles (5 000 km): Engine Oil and Filter
Change (or 3 months, whichever occurs first).
Every 6,000 Miles(10 000 km): Chassis Lubrication
(or 6 months, whichever occurs first).
At 6,000 Miles (10 000 km) Then Every
12,000 Miles (20 000 km): Tire Rotation.
Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Inspection, if driving in dusty conditions.
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Replacement. Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection.
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic Transaxle
Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection.
Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Cooling System
Service (orevery 60 months, whichever occurs first).
Spark Plug Wire Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement.
These ilztervnls on.lysummarize mainteuance services.
Be sure tofollow th.e complete maintenance schedule on
the following pages.
-
Maintenance Schedule
~~~
E
~
~~
~
g TripIHighway Definition
Follow this maintenance scheduleonly if none of the
conditions from the ShortTrip/City Maintenance
Schedule istrue.
Driving a vehicle with fully
a warmed engine under
highway conditions causes engineoil to break
down sloweK
ILong Tripmighway Intervals
..
..
Every 7,500 Miles (12 500 km): Engine Oil and Filter
Change (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
Chassis Lubrication (or every 12 months, whichever
occurs first).
At 7,500 Miles (12500 km) Then Every
15,000 Miles(25 000 km): Tire Rotation.
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Replacement. FuelTank, Cap and Lines Inspection.
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic Transaxle
Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection.
Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Cooling System
Service (or every60 months, whichever occurs first).
Spark PlugWire Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement.
These intervals onlysummarize maintenance services.
Be sure to followthe complete maintenance scheduleon
the following pages.
-
EShort Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
3,000 Miles (5 000 km)
The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles
(166 000 km)should be performed after 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) at the sameintervals.
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Footnotes
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure toperform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance
be recorded.
1
ACTUAL MILEAGE
7-6
SERVICED B Y
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
6,000 Miles (10 000 km)
9,000 Miles (15 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or e7Jery
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED
BY
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
12,000 Miles (20 000 km)
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
17 Lubricate
steeringball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
in dusty conditions. Replace filter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service.
~~
DATE
7-8
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
DATE
~
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I
18.000 Miles (30 000 km)
21,000 Miles (35 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
24,000 Miles (40 000 km)
27,000 Miles (45 000 km)
17 Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
I
7-10
I
SERVICED BY:
I
I
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
3 months, whichever occurs first).
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An EInission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
0Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
’
I
I
3
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-11
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedu
33,000 Miles (55 000 km)
36,000 Miles (60 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering
ball joints(or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
7-12
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
1
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
39 300 Miles (65 000 km)
42,000 Miles (70 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ inthe Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
I
DATE
SERVICED B Y
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
7-13
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
48,000 Miles (80 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
in dusty conditions. Replacefilter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service.
DATE
7-14
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
51,000 Miles (85 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Ifyou do not use your vehicle
under anyof these
conditions, thefluid and.filter do not require changing.
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-15
I
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
54,000 Miles (90 000 km)
57,000 Miles (95 000 km)
3 months, whichever occurs first).
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
r] Change engine oil and filter (or e v e v
I7 Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
I
DATE
7-16
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ISERVICED BY: I
I
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
3 months, whichever occurs first).
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
An Emission Control Service.?
6 months, whichever occurs first).
Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
c]Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
*
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-17
I
Short Trip/CityMaintenance Schedule
63,000 Miles (105 000 km)
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
I
66,000 Miles (110 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Con.tro1Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
Cl Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
7-18
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
DATE SERVICED
ACTUAL MILEAGE
BY
I
I
ShortTrip/CityMaintenanceSchedule
69,000 Miles (115 000 km)
72,000 Miles (120 000 kn
0Change engine oil and filter
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
(or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
ISERVICED
BY
7-19
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
1
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
78,000 Miles (130 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving
in dusty conditions. Replacefilter if
necessary. An Emission Control Service.
DATE
7-20
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
17 Lubricate steering ball joints
(or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
17 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
84,000 Miles (140 000 km)
81,000 Miles (135 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
AI?Emission Control Service.
Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
I
1
I
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-21
I
Short TriplCity Maintenance Schedule
87,000 Miles
(x
$5 000 km)
I
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
DATE
7-22
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
93,000 Miles (155 000 km)
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
I
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
96,000 Miles (160 000 - rn)
99,000 Miles (165 000 km)
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission.Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
7-24
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y I
I
I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
I
SERVICED B Y
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
100,000 Miles (144 000 km)
0Drain, flush and refill cooling system
0Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
(or every 60 months since last service
whichever occurs first). See“Engine
Coolant” in the Index for what to use.
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,
pressure cap and neck. Pressure test cooling
system and pressure cap. AI?E1nission Control
Service. j 0Inspect spark plug wires. An Em.ission
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
‘7
Control Service.
0Replace spark plugs. An Emission
I f you do not use your vehicle under anyof these
conditions, the.fluid andfilter donot require changing.
Control Service.
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
ISERVICED R E
I
7-25
I
Long Trip/HighwayMaintenanceSchedule
I
7,500 Miles (12 500 km)
The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) at the same intervals.
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
Footnotes
rf‘ The U S . Environmental Protection Agency or the
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance
be recorded.
7-26
12 months, whichever occurs first).
A n Emission Control Service.
6 months, whichever occurs first).
17 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
I J -ng Tripmighway NIaintenallcr: Schedule 1
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
22,500 Miles (37 500 km)
0Change
17 Change
engineoil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate steeringball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
engineoil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
SERVICED B Y
Lubricate steeringball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Referto the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-27
I
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
37,500 Miles (62 500 km)
El Change engine oil and filter (or every
c]Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission ControlService.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball
joints(or every
6 months, whichever OCCUBS first).
0Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission ControlService.
IJ Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel capgasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
3-
An Emission Control Service.
m
I
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ in theIndex for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
7-28
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL’MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
I LongTrip/Hig'-wayMaintenanceSchedule I
Miles (15 000 km)
4
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or
every
6 months, whichever occursfirst).
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
0Change automatic transaxle fluidand filter
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32 O C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous rerram.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
l f y o u do not use pour vehicle mder any of these
conditions, thefluid and.filter do not require changing.
I
DATE
I
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
1
SERVICED B Y
7-29
1. Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule
52,500 Miles (87500 km)
Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation’’ in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service .manual for pr.oper
caliper service procedures.
-
7-30
ACTUAL MILEAGE
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An Emission Control Service.
DATE
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
SERVICED BY:
i
0Lubricate steering ball joints(or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
0Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
I Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule
’ .
67,500 Miles (112 500 km)
0Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage
17 Change engine oil and filter (or every
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any
damage. Replace parts as needed.
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
An En?ission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.During
tire rotation, check brake calipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y I
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-31
I
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
1
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
82,500 Miles (137 500 km)
0Change engine oil and filter (or every
I7 Change engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control!Service.
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
7-32
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
0Lubricate steering ball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information. During
tire rotation, check brakecalipers for
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper serviceprocedures.
I
DATE
I
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY: I
I Long Tripmighway MaintenanceSchedule I
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
97,500 Miles (162 500 km)
0Change
0Change engineoil and filter (or every
engine oil and filter (or every
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
12 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0Lubricate steeringball joints (or every
0Lubricate steeringball joints (or every
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Replace air cleaner filter.
6 months, whichever occurs first).
0Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.During
tire rotation, check brake calipersfor
freedom of movement. Refer to the
appropriate GM service manual for proper
caliper service procedures.
An Emission Control Service.
0Inspect fuel tank, capand lines for damage
or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for
any
damage. Replace partsas needed.
An Emission Control Service.
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL MILEAGE
SERVICED B Y
7-33
I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
0Drain, flushand refill cooling system
(or every 60 months sincelast service,
whichever occurs first).’See “Engine
Coolant’’ in the Index for
what to use.
Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,
pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the
cooling system and pressure cap. An Emission
Control Service.
3-
0Inspect spark plug wires. An Emission
P
Control Service.
Replace spark plugs. An Emission
Control Service.
7-34
17 Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter
if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90 O F
(32 O C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
delivery service.
If you do notuse your vehicle under any
of these
conditions, the
fluid andfilter do
not require changing.
Part B: Owner Checks and Services
Engine Coolant Level Chec
Listed below are owner checksand services which
should be performed at the intervals specified to help
ensure the safety, dependability and emission control
performance of your vehicle.
Check the engine coolant level and add the proper
coolant mix if necessary. See “Engine Coolant”in the
Index for further details.
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your
vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as shown
in Part D.
At Each Fuel Fill
Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check
Check the windshield washer fluid level in the
windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if
necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index
for further details.
At Least Once a Month
Tire Inflation Check
Engine Oil Level Check
Make sure tires are inflated to the correct pressures.
See “Tires” in the Index for further details.
Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if
necessary. See “Engine Oil” in the Index for
further details.
7-35
Cassette DeckService
Automatic Transaxle Check
Clean cassette deck. Cleaningshould be done every
50 hours of tape play. See “Audio Systems’’ inthe Index
for further details.
Check the transaxle fluid level; add if needed.See
“Automatic Transaxle” in the Index. A fluid loss may
indicate a problem. Check the system and repair if needed.
Power Antenna Service
At Least Once a Year
Clean power antenna mast. See “Audio Systems”in the
Index for further details.
Key Lock Cylinders Service
At Least Twice a Year
Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant
specified in Part D.
Restraint System Check
Body Lubrication Service
Make surethe safety belt reminderlight and all your
belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are
working properly. Look for any other loose or damaged
safety belt system parts. If you see anything that might
keep a safety belt system from doingits job, have it
repaired. Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced.
Lubricate all hinges and latches including those for the
body doors, hood, rear compartment, glovebox door,
console door and any folding seat hardware. Part D tells
you what to use. More frequent lubrication may be
required when exposed to a corrosive environment.
Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repaired or replaced. (The airbag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
7-36
Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock (BTSI) Check
Starter Switch Check
I
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If it does, you
or others could be
injured. Follow the steps below.
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking
Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the
regular brake.
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be
ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The starter
should work only in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
If the starter works in any other position, your
vehicle needs service.
A
CAUTION:
F
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If itdoes, you or others could be
injured. Follow thesteps below.
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle. It should be parked on a
level surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see “Parking Brake’’
in the Index if necessary).
NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the key to the RUN
position, but don’t start the engine. Without applying
the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out
of PARK (P) with normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of PARK (P), your vehicle’s. BTSI
needs service.
7-37
Steering Column Lock Check
While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn
the key to LOCK in each shift lever position.
0
The key should turn to LOCK only when the shift
lever is in PARK (P).
0
The key should come out only in LOCK.
Parking Brakeand Automatic TransaxlePARK (P)
Mechanism Check
Park o n a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing
downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake,
set the parking brake.
0
To check the parking brake: With the engine running
and transaxle in NEUTRAL (N), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until
the vehicle is held by the parking brake only.
0
To check the PARK (P) mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to PARK (P). Then
release all brakes.
Underbody Flushing Service
When you are doing this check, your
vehicle
could begin to move.You or others could be
injured and property could be damaged. Make
sure there is room in front
of your vehicle in case
it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake atonce should thevehicle begin to move.
At least every spring, use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to
clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris
can collect.
7-38
-~
Part C: Periodic Maintenance
Inspections
Listed below are inspections and services which should
be performed at least twice a year (for instance,each
spring and fall). You should let your GMdealer’s
service department or other qualified service center
do these jobs. Make sureany necessary repairs are
completed at once.
Proper procedures to performthese services may be
found in a Buick service manual.
See “Service and
Owner Publications’’ in the Index.
missing or out-of-position parts as well as open seams,
holes, loose connections, or other conditions which
could cause a heat build-up in the floor pan or could let
exhaust fumes into the vehicle. See “Engine Exhaust”
in the Index.
Radiator and Heater Hose Inspection
Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are
cracked? swollenor deteriorated. Inspect all pipes,
fittings and clamps; replace as needed.
Throttle Linkage Inspection
Inspect the throttle linkage for interference or binding,
Steering, Suspension and Front- Wheel-Drive
and for damage or missing parts. Replace parts as
Axle Boot and Seal Inspection
needed. Replace any cables that have high effort or
Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering
system for damaged, loose ormissing parts, signs of
wear, or lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steering
lines and hoses for proper hookup,binding, leaks,
cracks, chafing,etc. Clean and then inspect the drive
axle boot seals for damage, tears or leakage. Replace
seals if necessary.
Exhaust System Inspection
mspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the
body
near the exhaust system. Look for
broken, damaged,
excessive wear. Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise
control cables.
Brake System Inspection
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hookup, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing,
etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for
surface condition. Inspect other brake parts, including
calipers, parking brake, etc. Check parking brake
adjustment. You may need to have your brakes inspected
more often if your driving habits or conditionsresult in
frequent braking.
7-39
Part D: Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants
NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name,
part number or specification may be obtained from your
GM dealer.
USAGE
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Engine oil with the American
Petroleum Institute Certified For
Gasoline Engines“Starburst”
symbol of the proper viscosity. To
determine the preferred viscosity
for your vehicle’s engine, see
“Engine Oil” in the Index.
50/50 mixture of water (preferably
distilled) and GM Goodwrench@
DEX-COOL TM or Havoline@
DEX-COOL (orange-colored,
silicate-free) antifreeze
conforming to GM Specification
6277M. See “Engine Coolant” in
the Index.
FLUIDLUBRICANT
USAGE
Coolant
Supplement
Sealer
GM Part No. 3634621 or
equivalent with a complete flush
and refill.
Hydraulic Brake
System
Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid
(GM Part No. 1052535 or
equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid).
Power Steering
System
GM Power Steering Fluid
(GM Part No. 1052884 - 1 pt.,
1050017 - 1 qt., or equivalent).
Automatic
Transaxle
DEXRON@-111Automatic
Transmission Fluid.
Key Lock
Cylinders
Multi-Pur ose Lubricant,
Superlubeb (GM Part
No. 12346241 or equivalent).
@
,
USAGE
Chassis
Lubrication
FLUIDLUBRICANT
~
Chassis lubricant(GM Part
No. 1052497 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements
of NLGI Grade 2, CategoryLB
or GC-LB.
Windshield
Washer Solvent
GM OptiMeen@Washer Solvent
(GM Part No. 1051515) or
equivalent.
I
Hood Latch
Assembly,
Pivots, Spring
Anchor and
Release Pawl
Lubriplate lubricant aerosol
(GM-Part No. 12346293 or
equivalent) or lubricant meeting
requirements of NLGI Grade 2,
Category LB or GC-LB.
USAGE
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Hood and Door
Hinges
Multi-puoselubricant,
Superlube
% (GM Part
No. 12346241 or equivalent).
Weatherstrip
Conditioning
Dielectric Silicone Grease(GM
Part No. 12345579 or equivalent).
See “ReplacementParts” in the Index for recommended
replacement filters and sparkplugs.
7-41
Part E: Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed, record the
date, odometer reading and who performed the service
in the boxes provided after the maintenance interval.
Any additional information from “Owner Checksand
Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” can be added on
the following record pages. Also, you should retain all
maintenance receipts. Your owner information portfolio
is a convenient place to store them.
Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
-_
~~
7-42
Maintenance Record
I
DATE
1
ODOMETER
READING
I
SERVICED BY
I
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
P
7-43
Maintenance Record
7-44
1
Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
7-45
Maintenance Record
7-46
n
Section 8 CustomerAssistanceInformation
L
Here you will find out how to contact Buickif you need
assistance. This section also tells you how to obtain
service publications and how to report any safety
defects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
This section includes information on:
0
The Customer Satisfaction Prokedure
0
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
0
Roadside Assistance
0
Courtesy Transportation
0
BBB Auto Line - Alternative Dispute Resolution
Program
0
Reporting Safety Defects
0
Service and Owner Publications
I
CI
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your
dealer and Buick. Normally, any concern you may have
8-1
with your vehicle can be handled by your selling or
servicing dealer. Your dealer has the facility, trained
technicians, special tools and up-to-date information to
promptly address any issue which may arise. Buick has
empowered its dealers to make decisions and repair
vehicles, and they are eager to resolve your concern to
your completesatisfaction. If your concern has not been
resolved to your satisfaction, take the following steps:
For help outside of the United States and Canada, call
the following numbers as appropriate:
STEP ONE -- Discuss your concern with a member
of dealer management. Normally, concerns can be
quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has already
been reviewed with the Sales, Service,or Parts Manager,
contact the owner of the dealership orthe General
Manager.
0
In the Dominican Republic: 1-800-75 1-4 135
(English) or 1-800-75 1-4 136 (Spanish)
0
In the Bahamas: 1-800-389-0009
0
In Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua and the British
Virgin Islands: 1-800-534-0 122
0
In all other Caribbean countries: 1-809-763-13 15
0
In other overseas locations, call GM North American
Export Sales in Canada at 1-905-644-41 12
STEP TWO -- If after contacting a member of
dealership management, it appears your concern cannot
be resolved by the dealership without further help,
contact the Buick Customer Assistance Center by
calling 1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact GM of
Canada Customer Assistance Center in Oshawa by
calling 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French).
8-2
0
In Mexico: (525) 625-3256
0
In Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English) or
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
In the U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994
For prompt assistance, please have the following
information available to givethe Customer Assistance
Representative:
0
Your name, address, homeand business telephone
numbers
0
Vehicle Identification Number (This is available
from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at
the top left of the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.)
0
Dealership name and location
0
Vehicle delivery date and present mileage
0
Nature of concern
When contactingBuick, please remember that your
concern will likely be resolved in the dealership, using
the dealer’s facilities, equipment and personnel. That is
why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a
concern.
Customer Assistancefor Text
Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or
speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs),
Buick has TTY equipment availableat itsCustomer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user can communicate with
Buick by dialing: 1-800-83-BUICK. (TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
We encourage you to call us so we can give your inquiry
prompt attention. However, if you wish to write
Buick, write to:
Buick Motor Division
Customer Assistance Center
902 E. Hamilton Avenue
Flint, MI, 48550
Refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance
Information booklet for addresses of Canadian and GM
Overseas offices.
8-3
Our commitment to Buick owners has always included
superior service through our network of 3,000 Buick
dealers. Buick Premium Roadside Assistance provides
an extra measure of convenience and security.
Roadside Assistance
Buick Premium Roadside Assistance:
A
nnl
Buick Motor Division is proud to offer Buick Premium
Roadside Assistance to customers for vehicles covered
under the 36 month/36,000 mile (60 000 km) new car
warranty (whichever occurs first).
8-4
-
Provides owners with access to minor repairs or
towing for disabled vehicles.
-
Takes the anxiety out of uncertain situations by
providing easy access to service professionals trained
to work with Buick owners, 24 hours a day, 365 days
a year, including weekends and holidays.
For details on Buick Premium Roadside Assistance,
please consult your Buick Premium Roadside Assistance
owner booklet included with your owner's manual. For
needed assistance, call the Buick Premium Roadside
Assistance toll-free hotline: 1-800-252- 1112.
Canadian Roadside Assistance
Vehicles purchased in Canada have an extensive
Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere
in Canada or the United States. Please refer to the
separate brochure provided by the dealer or call
1-800-268-6800 for emergency services.
Courtesy Transportation
To Buick Motor Division, Quality Means Service -- and
service means “keeping you on the road.”
Included with your 1996 Buick new car warranty
(36 month/36,000 miles (60 000km), whichever occurs
first), is Courtesy Transportation, a program which will
provide Buick retail customers with:
-
Reimbursement toward a loaner vehicle, courtesy of
Buick Motor Division, forup to five days for
vehicles requiring overnight warranty repairs. Also,
reimbursement up to $30 a day (five days maximum)
may be available for the cost of a rental car, bus or
even a cab.
free one-way shuttle ride up to 10 miles from the
dealership is available for customerswhose vehicles
require same-day warranty repairs.
- A
Courtesy Transportation is Buick’s way of extending the
Premium Service you’ve come to expect from Buick
and its 3,000 dealers. Please review the Courtesy
Transportation glove box card contained in your vehicle,
or consult your Buick dealer for details.
Some state insuranceregulations make it impractical to
rent vehicles to people under 21 years of age. If you are
under 21 and have difficulty renting a vehicle, Buick
will reimburse you up to $30/day, for any documented
transportation you receive. Please consult your dealer
for details.
For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle
Coverage period in the New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
interim transportation may be available under the
Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult your
dealer for details. The Courtesy Transportation program
is available only in the United States and Canada.
GM Participation in BBB AUTO
LINE - Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program*
"This program may not be available in all states,
depending on statelaw. Canadian owners refer to your
Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet.
General Motors reserves the right to changeeligibility
limitations and/or to discontinue its participation in this
program.
Both Buick and your Buick dealer are committed to
making sure you are completely satisfied with your new
vehicle. Our experiencehas shown that, if a situation
arises where you feel your concern has not been
adequately addressed, the Customer Satkcaction
Procedure described earlier in this section is very
successful.
There may be instances where an impartial third party
can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement
regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these
disagreements, Buick voluntarily participates in BBB
AUTO LINE.
BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
administered by the Better Business Bureau system to
settle disputes between customers and automobile
manufacturers. This program is available free of charge
to customers who currently own or lease a GM vehicle.
If you are not satisfied after following the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure, you may contact the BBB using
the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the
following address:
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203
Telephone: 1-800-955-5 100
To file a claim, you will be asked to provide your name
and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
and a statement of the nature of your complaint.
Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and
other factors.
We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure before you resort to AUTO LINE, but you
may contact the BBB at any time. The BBB will attempt
to resolve the complaint serving as an intermediary
between you and Buick. If this mediation is
unsuccessful, an informal hearing will be scheduled
where eligible customers may present their case to an
impartial third-party arbitrator.
The arbitrator will make a decision which you may
accept or reject. If you accept the decision, GM will be
bound by that decision. The entire disputeresolution
procedure should ordinarily take about 40 days from the
time you file a claim until a decision is made.
Some state laws may require you to use this program
before filing a claimwith a state-run arbitration program
or in the courts. For further information, contactthe
BBB at 1-800-955-5 100 or the Buick Customer
Assistance Center at 1-800-955-7300.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to
notifying General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in
a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or
General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from the Hotline.
8-7
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE CANADIAN
GOVERNMENT
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle
has a safety defect, you should immediately notify
Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Ottawa, Ontario K1G 352
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO GENERAL MOTORS
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada)
in a situation like this, we certainly hope you’ll notify
us. Please call us at 1-800-521-7300, or write:
Buick Motor Division
Customer Assistance Center
902 E. Hamilton Avenue
Flint, MI 48550
In Canada, please call us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L 1H 8P7
8-8
Service and Owner PubIications
Service Manuals
Service manuals contain diagnostic and repair
information for all chassis and body systems. They may
be useful for owners who wish to get a greater
understanding of their vehicle. They are alsouseful for
owners with the appropriate skill level or training who
wish to perform “do-it-yourself” service. These are
authentic General Motors service manuals meant for
professional, qualified technicians.
Service manuals, service bulletins, owner’s manuals and
other service literature are available for purchase for all
current and many past model General Motorsvehicles.
Toll-free telephone numbers for ordering information:
United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-800-551-4123
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-800-668-5539
Service Bulletins
Owner Publications
Service bulletins covering various subjects are regularly
sent to all General Motors dealerships. GM monitors
product performance in the field. When service methods
are found which promote better service on GM vehicles,
bulletins are created to help the technician perform
better service. Service bulletins may involve any
number of vehicles. Some will describe inexpensive
service; others will describe expensive service. Some
will advise of new or unexpected conditions, and others
may help avoid future costly repairs. Service bulletins
are meant for qualified technicians. In some cases
bulletins refer to service manuals, specialized tools,
equipment and safety procedures necessary to service
the vehicle. Since these bulletins are issued throughout
the model year and beyond, an index is required and
published quarterly to help identify specific bulletins.
Subscriptions are available. You can order an index at
the toll-free numbers listed previously, or ask a GM
dealer to see an index or individual bulletin.
Owner’s manuals, warranty folders and various owner
assistance booklets provide owners with general
operation and maintenance information.
NOTES
8-11
NOTES
8-12
(@
Section 9 Index
I
I
. 2-4 I
Accessory Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-18
AirBag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-22
How Does it Restrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-20
How it Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-20
1 .19. 2.47
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-23
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What Makes it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2 1
What Will You See After i t Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1-21
When Should it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AirCleane r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-16
3-3
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Conditioning Refrigerants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-63
Alarm, Theft-Deterrent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Alignment and Balance. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
6-48
Aluminum Wheels, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna, Fixed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Antenna, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Anti-Lock
Brake System Active Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50.4-8
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49.4-6
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Anti-Theft, Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 I
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-42
Appearance Care Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-50
ArbitrationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-6
Armrest. Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-38
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
2-42
Astroroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio Controls . Steering Wheel Touch Control . . . . . . . 3-23
3-24
Audio Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
2-25
Auto-DownWindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic
2-4
DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overdrive . Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-14
7-36
Transaxle Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transaxle Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-17
Transaxle Park Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
6-30
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J ~ n Starting
p
.................................
5-2
Replacement. Remote Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
5.2.5.4
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BBB Auto Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-6
Better Business Bureau Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
9-1
Brake
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-29
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-27
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
2-1 8
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-29
PedalTravel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-30
Replacing System Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-48
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-32
Transaxle Shift Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Transaxle Shift Interlock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Brakes, Anti-Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Braking in Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Break-In, NewVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-9
BTSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
BTSICheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-37
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3 1
8-4
Canadian Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 I
2-23,4-26, 4-32
Carbon Monoxide ....................
Cassette Deck Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7,3-10, 3-16
Cassette Tape Player Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-25
CD Player Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 1
Center Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-24
Certification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Chains, Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-32
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-42
Changing a Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-22
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-47
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
Chemical Paint Spotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-49
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-37
Securing in a Rear Outside Seat Position . . . . . . 1-39. 1-41
Securing in the Center Rear Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
Securing in the Right Front Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
TopStrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-38
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-37
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Circuit Breakers and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Cleaner. Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-16
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-42
6-48
Aluminum Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-46
Inside of Your Buick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-42
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-45
6-45
Leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-47
Outside of Your Buick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-44
Stains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-43
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-48
Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
6-48
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield and Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Clock. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3-1
Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact Disc Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-25
Compact: Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3- 13. 3-16
Compact Disc Player Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 15. 3-20
5-32
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-39
Convex Outside Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-37
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-20
Bleedvalves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
RecoveryTank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-16
2- I3
Coolant Heater. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 - I4
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-33
8-5
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-29
CruiseLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-56
2-38
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Users . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 1
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8- 1
Damage. Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Damage. Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Daytime Running Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dead Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defects. ReportingSafety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defogger. Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions, Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dolby@B Noise Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9,
DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving
City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freeway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-49
6-48
2-32
5-2
8-7
4- 1
3-6
3-5
3-5
6-62
3- 12
2-3
1- 1 1
4-17
4-1
4-2
4-18
InaBlizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4
IntheRain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4-13
Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OnCurves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-8
On Grades While Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
On Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-21
OnSnowandIce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-24
Through Deep Standing Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
4-15
WetRoads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-23
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
4-2
Drunken Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Equipment, Adding . . . . . 2- I I , 2- 12, 3-24, 6-52
6-52
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
6-8, 6-9
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-20
Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-13
7-35
Coolant Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant Temperature Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-51
Coolant Temperature Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
6-58
Fuse Block (Driver’s Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse Block (Passenger’s Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
6-51
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-35
OilLevelCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
2-23
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
Starting Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2- 11, 2- 12
0.
Engineoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When to Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-10
6-11
6-14
6- I I
6-15
6- I5
6-4
2-23
6-43
Fabric Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5
FillingYourTank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter.Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-16
Filter. Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 15
Finish Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Finish Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-49
First Gear. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 17
5- 1
Flashers. Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FlatTire. Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Fluids and Lubrlcants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
6-4
Foreign Countries. Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four-WayManual Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2
..
French Language Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1
FrontTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-9
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Canadian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6-5
Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-57
Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-53
9-4
Gapes
2-51
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-57
GAWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Gear Positions. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
GloveBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Gross Axle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
4-27..
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guide en Franpis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
II
GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-27
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-5
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-32
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
High/Low Beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-27
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-32
6-52
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hearing Impaired . Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
3-4
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-27
High-Beam Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
4-21
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-32
Hitches . Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood
Checking Things Under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-6
Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-7
2-25
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-16
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. 1o
Illuminated Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Inflation. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-35
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-39
Brakesystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-39
7-39
ExhaustSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front-Wheel-Drive Axle Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Front-Wheel-Drive Axle Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Radiator and Heater Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-39
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-39
7-39
Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Throttle Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-39
2-43
Instrumentpanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-45
2-44
Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Brightness Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
6-53
Instrument Panel. Fuse Block .....................
InteriorLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-33
J
ack, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-23
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
K e y Lock Cylinders Service .....................
Key Reminder Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-36
2- 10
2-1
Labels .......................................
Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Parts Identification .....................
.Tire-Loading Information .......................
Vehicle Identification Number ....................
4-27
4-27
6-5 1
4-27
6-5 1
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-32
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-33
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
1-5
Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leaving Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4
Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-21
Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-40
Lights
Air Bag Readiness .......................
1-19, 2-47
Anti-Lock Brake System Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50, 4-8
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49, 4-6
2-48
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-47
ChargingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-56
Cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Coolant Temperature Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
2-33
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-51, 6-23
Low Coolant Warning ....................
LowFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-57
2-55
OilLevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oilwarning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-54
1-6, 2-46
Safety Belt Reminder .......................
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-56
2-52
Service Engine Soon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
2-4
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-36
2-3
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key Lock Cylinder Service .....................
7-36
PowerDoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
Steering Column Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7
2-25
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-5
Low Coolant Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1. 6.23
LowFuelLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2- 57
LowOilLevelLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-55
Lubricants and Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-40
Lubrication Service. Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-36
2-39
Luggagecarrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance. Normal Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
Maintenance Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7- 1
Long Trip/Highway Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Long Trip/Highway Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5. 7-26
7-35
Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Short Trip/City Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Short Trip/City Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-4. 7-6
6-49
Maintenance. Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
2-52
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual
FrontSeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-37
2-37
Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4
2-36
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-37
Inside Daymight Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-36
9-6
.
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-37
Manual Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-37
Power Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
2-41
VisorVanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3
Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
N e t . Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Neutral. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NewVehicle “Break-In” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nightvision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-39
2-15
2-9
4-14
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45
Odometer. Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
4-10
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-10
Oil. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OilWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-54
Overdrive. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Overheating Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-12
Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
8- I O
Owner Publications. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P a i n t Spotting. Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Park
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-49
2-14
2-19
2-22
Parking
AtNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7
2-18
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BrakeMechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-38
Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-8
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-22
With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-35
3-2
Passenger Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-11
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-8
PASS-Key II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Power
Antenna Mast Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-26
7-36
Antenna Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-52
Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-37
1-2
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-8
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-24
2-24
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pregnancy, Use of Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-24
5- 1
Problems on the Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Publications, Service and Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-9
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rain. Driving In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-34.
5- 18
6-24
3-24
3-6
4- I5
2-35
Rear
1.26. 1-29
Outside Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Comfort Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-33
Seatpassengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-26
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-10
Window Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-6
Rearview Mirror. Inside Daymight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Reclining Front Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2. 1-4
5-16
Recovery Tank. Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-63
Refrigerants. Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote
Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2-7
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement. Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-60
Replacement. Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63
6-40
Replacement. Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-7
Restraints
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-50
Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-5
Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -SO
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-36
Reverse. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2- IS
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-24
Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Roadside Assistance. Canadian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4
Rocking YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Rotation. Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
9-7
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-6
Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-11
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-46
1-24
Center PassengerPosition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-35
Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I -1I
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-50
How to Wear Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-I 1
IncorrectUsage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 14, 1-48. 1-49
1-25
LapBelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 - 1 1 , 1-26. 1-30
1-47
Larger Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1- I O
Questionsand Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Comfort Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-33
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions . . . . . . . 1-26? 1-29
Rear Seat Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-26
ReminderLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-6, 2-46
1-50
Replacing After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 13
1-35
Smaller Children and Babies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-24
1-7
WhyTheyWork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-32
Safety Defects, Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-7
...
Safety Warnings and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vl11
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3
Seatback
1-5
Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RecliningFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2 . 1-4
9-8
Seats
Four-WayManual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2
ManualFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2
Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
Securing a Child Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-37
Two-way Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
Second Gear. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
2-8
Security System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Bulletins. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-10
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-52
Manuals. Ordermg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Publications.Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-9
Work. Doing Your Own . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Service and Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Buick . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Sheet MetalDamage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-48
ShiftLever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-14
Shifting
2-14
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IntoPark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Outofpark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-22
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Signaling Turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-26
Skidding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Sound Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-24
Spare Tire. Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 I
Specifications. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-62
Speech Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Stains. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-37
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 1 I . 2- 12
5-12
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
7-38
Column Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Variable Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-8
2-25
Wheel. Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Touch Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Storage. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-30
Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Sunvisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
1 - I8
Supplemental Restraint System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbols. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
System Controls. Electronic Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . 3- 1
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Taillamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-32
3-25
Tape Player Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Control. Passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2
Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Theft-Deterrent Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-8
Theft-Deterrent Feature. CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-21
THEFTLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-24
Third Gear. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Tilt Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-25
Time. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-6
Tire-Loading Information Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
Alignment and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-40
6-38
BuyingNew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-42
5-22
Changing a Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-48
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-32
Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-35
7-35
Inflation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-36
Inspection and Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-27
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
5-30
Storing the Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storing the Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-31
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-39
6-39
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-39
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uniform Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-38
Wear Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
When It’s Time for New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-37
1-38
TopStrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TorqueLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Torque, Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-29, 6-61
Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-29
5-7
Towing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TM
9-9
Trailer
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-32
Driving on Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-34
4-33
Driving with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Maintenance When Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Parking on Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-32
Tongueweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
Total Weight on Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-32
4-29
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-34
Turnsignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-30
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transaxle Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6- 17
Transmitters, Remote Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
8-5
Transportation, Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-45
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-6
Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
2-7
Release, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TTYUsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
2-27
Turn Signal On Chime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Two-way Manual Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 1
.
Underbody Flushing Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-38
6-49
Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5
Damage Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
6-51
Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
6-30
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
2-41
Visor Vanity Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Visors. Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
5-2
w a r n i n g Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning Lights. Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
6-26
Washer Fluid. Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washing YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-47
6-46
Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel
Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-29. 6-61
6-40
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindowLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-24
2-25
Auto-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-24
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieldWasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
2-28. 6-26
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
WindshieldWiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
6-34
Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-52
4-23
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring. Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-52
WreckerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
E
i
Download PDF